1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gtkc.gtktypes; 26 27 public import gtkc.cairotypes; 28 public import gtkc.glibtypes; 29 public import gtkc.gobjecttypes; 30 public import gtkc.giotypes; 31 public import gtkc.pangotypes; 32 public import gtkc.atktypes; 33 public import gtkc.gdkpixbuftypes; 34 public import gtkc.gdktypes; 35 36 extern(C) Object _d_newclass(ClassInfo ci); 37 38 alias GtkAllocation* Allocation; 39 40 /** 41 * A #GtkAllocation-struct of a widget represents region 42 * which has been allocated to the widget by its parent. It is a subregion 43 * of its parents allocation. See 44 * [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for 45 * more information. 46 */ 47 public alias GdkRectangle GtkAllocation; 48 49 public alias void* GtkStock; 50 51 /** 52 * Accelerator flags used with gtk_accel_group_connect(). 53 */ 54 public enum GtkAccelFlags 55 { 56 /** 57 * Accelerator is visible 58 */ 59 VISIBLE = 1, 60 /** 61 * Accelerator not removable 62 */ 63 LOCKED = 2, 64 /** 65 * Mask 66 */ 67 MASK = 7, 68 } 69 alias GtkAccelFlags AccelFlags; 70 71 /** 72 * Controls how a widget deals with extra space in a single (x or y) 73 * dimension. 74 * 75 * Alignment only matters if the widget receives a “too large” allocation, 76 * for example if you packed the widget with the #GtkWidget:expand 77 * flag inside a #GtkBox, then the widget might get extra space. If 78 * you have for example a 16x16 icon inside a 32x32 space, the icon 79 * could be scaled and stretched, it could be centered, or it could be 80 * positioned to one side of the space. 81 * 82 * Note that in horizontal context @GTK_ALIGN_START and @GTK_ALIGN_END 83 * are interpreted relative to text direction. 84 * 85 * GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE support for it is optional for containers and widgets, and 86 * it is only supported for vertical alignment. When its not supported by 87 * a child or a container it is treated as @GTK_ALIGN_FILL. 88 */ 89 public enum GtkAlign 90 { 91 /** 92 * stretch to fill all space if possible, center if 93 * no meaningful way to stretch 94 */ 95 FILL = 0, 96 /** 97 * snap to left or top side, leaving space on right 98 * or bottom 99 */ 100 START = 1, 101 /** 102 * snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left 103 * or top 104 */ 105 END = 2, 106 /** 107 * center natural width of widget inside the 108 * allocation 109 */ 110 CENTER = 3, 111 /** 112 * align the widget according to the baseline. Since 3.10. 113 */ 114 BASELINE = 4, 115 } 116 alias GtkAlign Align; 117 118 /** 119 * Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit(). 120 * 121 * Since: 3.4 122 */ 123 public enum GtkApplicationInhibitFlags 124 { 125 /** 126 * Inhibit ending the user session 127 * by logging out or by shutting down the computer 128 */ 129 LOGOUT = 1, 130 /** 131 * Inhibit user switching 132 */ 133 SWITCH = 2, 134 /** 135 * Inhibit suspending the 136 * session or computer 137 */ 138 SUSPEND = 4, 139 /** 140 * Inhibit the session being 141 * marked as idle (and possibly locked) 142 */ 143 IDLE = 8, 144 } 145 alias GtkApplicationInhibitFlags ApplicationInhibitFlags; 146 147 /** 148 * Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus. 149 */ 150 public enum GtkArrowPlacement 151 { 152 /** 153 * Place one arrow on each end of the menu. 154 */ 155 BOTH = 0, 156 /** 157 * Place both arrows at the top of the menu. 158 */ 159 START = 1, 160 /** 161 * Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu. 162 */ 163 END = 2, 164 } 165 alias GtkArrowPlacement ArrowPlacement; 166 167 /** 168 * Used to indicate the direction in which an arrow should point. 169 */ 170 public enum GtkArrowType 171 { 172 /** 173 * Represents an upward pointing arrow. 174 */ 175 UP = 0, 176 /** 177 * Represents a downward pointing arrow. 178 */ 179 DOWN = 1, 180 /** 181 * Represents a left pointing arrow. 182 */ 183 LEFT = 2, 184 /** 185 * Represents a right pointing arrow. 186 */ 187 RIGHT = 3, 188 /** 189 * No arrow. Since 2.10. 190 */ 191 NONE = 4, 192 } 193 alias GtkArrowType ArrowType; 194 195 /** 196 * An enum for determining the page role inside the #GtkAssistant. It's 197 * used to handle buttons sensitivity and visibility. 198 * 199 * Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type 200 * %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM, %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY or 201 * %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS to be correct. 202 * 203 * The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn’t “committed”. 204 * See gtk_assistant_commit() for details. 205 */ 206 public enum GtkAssistantPageType 207 { 208 /** 209 * The page has regular contents. Both the 210 * Back and forward buttons will be shown. 211 */ 212 CONTENT = 0, 213 /** 214 * The page contains an introduction to the 215 * assistant task. Only the Forward button will be shown if there is a 216 * next page. 217 */ 218 INTRO = 1, 219 /** 220 * The page lets the user confirm or deny the 221 * changes. The Back and Apply buttons will be shown. 222 */ 223 CONFIRM = 2, 224 /** 225 * The page informs the user of the changes 226 * done. Only the Close button will be shown. 227 */ 228 SUMMARY = 3, 229 /** 230 * Used for tasks that take a long time to 231 * complete, blocks the assistant until the page is marked as complete. 232 * Only the back button will be shown. 233 */ 234 PROGRESS = 4, 235 /** 236 * Used for when other page types are not 237 * appropriate. No buttons will be shown, and the application must 238 * add its own buttons through gtk_assistant_add_action_widget(). 239 */ 240 CUSTOM = 5, 241 } 242 alias GtkAssistantPageType AssistantPageType; 243 244 /** 245 * Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or its 246 * parent) is resized. 247 */ 248 public enum GtkAttachOptions 249 { 250 /** 251 * the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its 252 * container that has been allocated. 253 */ 254 EXPAND = 1, 255 /** 256 * the widget should shrink as and when possible. 257 */ 258 SHRINK = 2, 259 /** 260 * the widget should fill the space allocated to it. 261 */ 262 FILL = 4, 263 } 264 alias GtkAttachOptions AttachOptions; 265 266 /** 267 * Whenever a container has some form of natural row it may align 268 * children in that row along a common typographical baseline. If 269 * the amount of verical space in the row is taller than the total 270 * requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a 271 * #GtkBaselinePosition to select where to put the baseline inside the 272 * extra availible space. 273 * 274 * Since: 3.10 275 */ 276 public enum GtkBaselinePosition 277 { 278 /** 279 * Align the baseline at the top 280 */ 281 TOP = 0, 282 /** 283 * Center the baseline 284 */ 285 CENTER = 1, 286 /** 287 * Align the baseline at the bottom 288 */ 289 BOTTOM = 2, 290 } 291 alias GtkBaselinePosition BaselinePosition; 292 293 /** 294 * Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered. 295 */ 296 public enum GtkBorderStyle 297 { 298 /** 299 * No visible border 300 */ 301 NONE = 0, 302 /** 303 * A single line segment 304 */ 305 SOLID = 1, 306 /** 307 * Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas 308 */ 309 INSET = 2, 310 /** 311 * Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas 312 */ 313 OUTSET = 3, 314 /** 315 * Same as @GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE 316 */ 317 HIDDEN = 4, 318 /** 319 * A series of round dots 320 */ 321 DOTTED = 5, 322 /** 323 * A series of square-ended dashes 324 */ 325 DASHED = 6, 326 /** 327 * Two parallel lines with some space between them 328 */ 329 DOUBLE = 7, 330 /** 331 * Looks as if it were carved in the canvas 332 */ 333 GROOVE = 8, 334 /** 335 * Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas 336 */ 337 RIDGE = 9, 338 } 339 alias GtkBorderStyle BorderStyle; 340 341 /** 342 * Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using 343 * #GtkBuilder. 344 */ 345 public enum GtkBuilderError 346 { 347 /** 348 * A type-func attribute didn’t name 349 * a function that returns a #GType. 350 */ 351 INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION = 0, 352 /** 353 * The input contained a tag that #GtkBuilder 354 * can’t handle. 355 */ 356 UNHANDLED_TAG = 1, 357 /** 358 * An attribute that is required by 359 * #GtkBuilder was missing. 360 */ 361 MISSING_ATTRIBUTE = 2, 362 /** 363 * #GtkBuilder found an attribute that 364 * it doesn’t understand. 365 */ 366 INVALID_ATTRIBUTE = 3, 367 /** 368 * #GtkBuilder found a tag that 369 * it doesn’t understand. 370 */ 371 INVALID_TAG = 4, 372 /** 373 * A required property value was 374 * missing. 375 */ 376 MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE = 5, 377 /** 378 * #GtkBuilder couldn’t parse 379 * some attribute value. 380 */ 381 INVALID_VALUE = 6, 382 /** 383 * The input file requires a newer version 384 * of GTK+. 385 */ 386 VERSION_MISMATCH = 7, 387 /** 388 * An object id occurred twice. 389 */ 390 DUPLICATE_ID = 8, 391 /** 392 * A specified object type is of the same type or 393 * derived from the type of the composite class being extended with builder XML. 394 */ 395 OBJECT_TYPE_REFUSED = 9, 396 /** 397 * The wrong type was specified in a composite class’s template XML 398 */ 399 TEMPLATE_MISMATCH = 10, 400 /** 401 * The specified property is unknown for the object class. 402 */ 403 INVALID_PROPERTY = 11, 404 /** 405 * The specified signal is unknown for the object class. 406 */ 407 INVALID_SIGNAL = 12, 408 /** 409 * An object id is unknown 410 */ 411 INVALID_ID = 13, 412 } 413 alias GtkBuilderError BuilderError; 414 415 /** 416 * Used to dictate the style that a #GtkButtonBox uses to layout the buttons it 417 * contains. 418 */ 419 public enum GtkButtonBoxStyle 420 { 421 /** 422 * Buttons are evenly spread across the box. 423 */ 424 SPREAD = 1, 425 /** 426 * Buttons are placed at the edges of the box. 427 */ 428 EDGE = 2, 429 /** 430 * Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box, 431 * (on the left for a HBox, or the top for a VBox). 432 */ 433 START = 3, 434 /** 435 * Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box, 436 * (on the right for a HBox, or the bottom for a VBox). 437 */ 438 END = 4, 439 /** 440 * Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12. 441 */ 442 CENTER = 5, 443 /** 444 * Buttons expand to fill the box. This entails giving 445 * buttons a "linked" appearance, making button sizes homogeneous, and 446 * setting spacing to 0 (same as calling gtk_box_set_homogeneous() and 447 * gtk_box_set_spacing() manually). Since 3.12. 448 */ 449 EXPAND = 6, 450 } 451 alias GtkButtonBoxStyle ButtonBoxStyle; 452 453 /** 454 * The role specifies the desired appearance of a #GtkModelButton. 455 */ 456 public enum GtkButtonRole 457 { 458 /** 459 * A plain button 460 */ 461 NORMAL = 0, 462 /** 463 * A check button 464 */ 465 CHECK = 1, 466 /** 467 * A radio button 468 */ 469 RADIO = 2, 470 } 471 alias GtkButtonRole ButtonRole; 472 473 /** 474 * Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If 475 * none of these choices are appropriate, simply use %GTK_BUTTONS_NONE 476 * then call gtk_dialog_add_buttons(). 477 * 478 * > Please note that %GTK_BUTTONS_OK, %GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO 479 * > and %GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL are discouraged by the 480 * > [GNOME Human Interface Guidelines](http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/). 481 */ 482 public enum GtkButtonsType 483 { 484 /** 485 * no buttons at all 486 */ 487 NONE = 0, 488 /** 489 * an OK button 490 */ 491 OK = 1, 492 /** 493 * a Close button 494 */ 495 CLOSE = 2, 496 /** 497 * a Cancel button 498 */ 499 CANCEL = 3, 500 /** 501 * Yes and No buttons 502 */ 503 YES_NO = 4, 504 /** 505 * OK and Cancel buttons 506 */ 507 OK_CANCEL = 5, 508 } 509 alias GtkButtonsType ButtonsType; 510 511 /** 512 * These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar. 513 */ 514 public enum GtkCalendarDisplayOptions 515 { 516 /** 517 * Specifies that the month and year should be displayed. 518 */ 519 SHOW_HEADING = 1, 520 /** 521 * Specifies that three letter day descriptions should be present. 522 */ 523 SHOW_DAY_NAMES = 2, 524 /** 525 * Prevents the user from switching months with the calendar. 526 */ 527 NO_MONTH_CHANGE = 4, 528 /** 529 * Displays each week numbers of the current year, down the 530 * left side of the calendar. 531 */ 532 SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS = 8, 533 /** 534 * Just show an indicator, not the full details 535 * text when details are provided. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). 536 */ 537 SHOW_DETAILS = 32, 538 } 539 alias GtkCalendarDisplayOptions CalendarDisplayOptions; 540 541 /** 542 * Determines if the edited accelerators are GTK+ accelerators. If 543 * they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators 544 * accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered 545 * in the same way as they are in menus. 546 */ 547 public enum GtkCellRendererAccelMode 548 { 549 /** 550 * GTK+ accelerators mode 551 */ 552 GTK = 0, 553 /** 554 * Other accelerator mode 555 */ 556 OTHER = 1, 557 } 558 alias GtkCellRendererAccelMode CellRendererAccelMode; 559 560 /** 561 * Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell. 562 */ 563 public enum GtkCellRendererMode 564 { 565 /** 566 * The cell is just for display 567 * and cannot be interacted with. Note that this doesn’t mean that eg. the 568 * row being drawn can’t be selected -- just that a particular element of 569 * it cannot be individually modified. 570 */ 571 INERT = 0, 572 /** 573 * The cell can be clicked. 574 */ 575 ACTIVATABLE = 1, 576 /** 577 * The cell can be edited or otherwise modified. 578 */ 579 EDITABLE = 2, 580 } 581 alias GtkCellRendererMode CellRendererMode; 582 583 /** 584 * Tells how a cell is to be rendered. 585 */ 586 public enum GtkCellRendererState 587 { 588 /** 589 * The cell is currently selected, and 590 * probably has a selection colored background to render to. 591 */ 592 SELECTED = 1, 593 /** 594 * The mouse is hovering over the cell. 595 */ 596 PRELIT = 2, 597 /** 598 * The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner 599 */ 600 INSENSITIVE = 4, 601 /** 602 * The cell is in a sorted row 603 */ 604 SORTED = 8, 605 /** 606 * The cell is in the focus row. 607 */ 608 FOCUSED = 16, 609 /** 610 * The cell is in a row that can be expanded. Since 3.4 611 */ 612 EXPANDABLE = 32, 613 /** 614 * The cell is in a row that is expanded. Since 3.4 615 */ 616 EXPANDED = 64, 617 } 618 alias GtkCellRendererState CellRendererState; 619 620 /** 621 * Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed into 622 * a #GtkScrolledWindow. This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll 623 * bars are placed. 624 */ 625 public enum GtkCornerType 626 { 627 /** 628 * Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the 629 * widget (default behaviour). 630 */ 631 TOP_LEFT = 0, 632 /** 633 * Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the 634 * widget. 635 */ 636 BOTTOM_LEFT = 1, 637 /** 638 * Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the 639 * widget. 640 */ 641 TOP_RIGHT = 2, 642 /** 643 * Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the 644 * widget. 645 */ 646 BOTTOM_RIGHT = 3, 647 } 648 alias GtkCornerType CornerType; 649 650 /** 651 * Error codes for %GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR. 652 */ 653 public enum GtkCssProviderError 654 { 655 /** 656 * Failed. 657 */ 658 FAILED = 0, 659 /** 660 * Syntax error. 661 */ 662 SYNTAX = 1, 663 /** 664 * Import error. 665 */ 666 IMPORT = 2, 667 /** 668 * Name error. 669 */ 670 NAME = 3, 671 /** 672 * Deprecation error. 673 */ 674 DEPRECATED = 4, 675 /** 676 * Unknown value. 677 */ 678 UNKNOWN_VALUE = 5, 679 } 680 alias GtkCssProviderError CssProviderError; 681 682 /** 683 * The different types of sections indicate parts of a CSS document as 684 * parsed by GTK’s CSS parser. They are oriented towards the 685 * [CSS Grammar](http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/grammar.html), 686 * but may contain extensions. 687 * 688 * More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates 689 * more features. 690 * 691 * Since: 3.2 692 */ 693 public enum GtkCssSectionType 694 { 695 /** 696 * The section describes a complete document. 697 * This section time is the only one where gtk_css_section_get_parent() 698 * might return %NULL. 699 */ 700 DOCUMENT = 0, 701 /** 702 * The section defines an import rule. 703 */ 704 IMPORT = 1, 705 /** 706 * The section defines a color. This 707 * is a GTK extension to CSS. 708 */ 709 COLOR_DEFINITION = 2, 710 /** 711 * The section defines a binding set. This 712 * is a GTK extension to CSS. 713 */ 714 BINDING_SET = 3, 715 /** 716 * The section defines a CSS ruleset. 717 */ 718 RULESET = 4, 719 /** 720 * The section defines a CSS selector. 721 */ 722 SELECTOR = 5, 723 /** 724 * The section defines the declaration of 725 * a CSS variable. 726 */ 727 DECLARATION = 6, 728 /** 729 * The section defines the value of a CSS declaration. 730 */ 731 VALUE = 7, 732 /** 733 * The section defines keyframes. See [CSS 734 * Animations](http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-animations/#keyframes) for details. Since 3.6 735 */ 736 KEYFRAMES = 8, 737 } 738 alias GtkCssSectionType CssSectionType; 739 740 public enum GtkDebugFlag 741 { 742 MISC = 1, 743 PLUGSOCKET = 2, 744 TEXT = 4, 745 TREE = 8, 746 UPDATES = 16, 747 KEYBINDINGS = 32, 748 MULTIHEAD = 64, 749 MODULES = 128, 750 GEOMETRY = 256, 751 ICONTHEME = 512, 752 PRINTING = 1024, 753 BUILDER = 2048, 754 SIZE_REQUEST = 4096, 755 NO_CSS_CACHE = 8192, 756 BASELINES = 16384, 757 PIXEL_CACHE = 32768, 758 NO_PIXEL_CACHE = 65536, 759 INTERACTIVE = 131072, 760 TOUCHSCREEN = 262144, 761 ACTIONS = 524288, 762 RESIZE = 1048576, 763 LAYOUT = 2097152, 764 } 765 alias GtkDebugFlag DebugFlag; 766 767 /** 768 * See also: #GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor. 769 */ 770 public enum GtkDeleteType 771 { 772 /** 773 * Delete characters. 774 */ 775 CHARS = 0, 776 /** 777 * Delete only the portion of the word to the 778 * left/right of cursor if we’re in the middle of a word. 779 */ 780 WORD_ENDS = 1, 781 /** 782 * Delete words. 783 */ 784 WORDS = 2, 785 /** 786 * Delete display-lines. Display-lines 787 * refers to the visible lines, with respect to to the current line 788 * breaks. As opposed to paragraphs, which are defined by line 789 * breaks in the input. 790 */ 791 DISPLAY_LINES = 3, 792 /** 793 * Delete only the portion of the 794 * display-line to the left/right of cursor. 795 */ 796 DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = 4, 797 /** 798 * Delete to the end of the 799 * paragraph. Like C-k in Emacs (or its reverse). 800 */ 801 PARAGRAPH_ENDS = 5, 802 /** 803 * Delete entire line. Like C-k in pico. 804 */ 805 PARAGRAPHS = 6, 806 /** 807 * Delete only whitespace. Like M-\ in Emacs. 808 */ 809 WHITESPACE = 7, 810 } 811 alias GtkDeleteType DeleteType; 812 813 /** 814 * The #GtkDestDefaults enumeration specifies the various 815 * types of action that will be taken on behalf 816 * of the user for a drag destination site. 817 */ 818 public enum GtkDestDefaults 819 { 820 /** 821 * If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this 822 * widget will check if the drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets 823 * and actions. 824 * GTK+ will then call gdk_drag_status() as appropriate. 825 */ 826 MOTION = 1, 827 /** 828 * If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a highlight on 829 * this widget as long as a drag is over this widget and the widget drag format 830 * and action are acceptable. 831 */ 832 HIGHLIGHT = 2, 833 /** 834 * If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will 835 * will check if the drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets and 836 * actions. If so, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_get_data() on behalf of the widget. 837 * Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_finish(). If 838 * the action was a move, then if the drag was successful, then %TRUE will be 839 * passed for the @delete parameter to gtk_drag_finish(). 840 */ 841 DROP = 4, 842 /** 843 * If set, specifies that all default actions should 844 * be taken. 845 */ 846 ALL = 7, 847 } 848 alias GtkDestDefaults DestDefaults; 849 850 /** 851 * Flags used to influence dialog construction. 852 */ 853 public enum GtkDialogFlags 854 { 855 /** 856 * Make the constructed dialog modal, 857 * see gtk_window_set_modal() 858 */ 859 MODAL = 1, 860 /** 861 * Destroy the dialog when its 862 * parent is destroyed, see gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent() 863 */ 864 DESTROY_WITH_PARENT = 2, 865 /** 866 * Create dialog with actions in header 867 * bar instead of action area. Since 3.12. 868 */ 869 USE_HEADER_BAR = 4, 870 } 871 alias GtkDialogFlags DialogFlags; 872 873 /** 874 * Focus movement types. 875 */ 876 public enum GtkDirectionType 877 { 878 /** 879 * Move forward. 880 */ 881 TAB_FORWARD = 0, 882 /** 883 * Move backward. 884 */ 885 TAB_BACKWARD = 1, 886 /** 887 * Move up. 888 */ 889 UP = 2, 890 /** 891 * Move down. 892 */ 893 DOWN = 3, 894 /** 895 * Move left. 896 */ 897 LEFT = 4, 898 /** 899 * Move right. 900 */ 901 RIGHT = 5, 902 } 903 alias GtkDirectionType DirectionType; 904 905 /** 906 * Gives an indication why a drag operation failed. 907 * The value can by obtained by connecting to the 908 * #GtkWidget::drag-failed signal. 909 */ 910 public enum GtkDragResult 911 { 912 /** 913 * The drag operation was successful. 914 */ 915 SUCCESS = 0, 916 /** 917 * No suitable drag target. 918 */ 919 NO_TARGET = 1, 920 /** 921 * The user cancelled the drag operation. 922 */ 923 USER_CANCELLED = 2, 924 /** 925 * The drag operation timed out. 926 */ 927 TIMEOUT_EXPIRED = 3, 928 /** 929 * The pointer or keyboard grab used 930 * for the drag operation was broken. 931 */ 932 GRAB_BROKEN = 4, 933 /** 934 * The drag operation failed due to some 935 * unspecified error. 936 */ 937 ERROR = 5, 938 } 939 alias GtkDragResult DragResult; 940 941 /** 942 * Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. 943 * 944 * Since: 2.16 945 */ 946 public enum GtkEntryIconPosition 947 { 948 /** 949 * At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction). 950 */ 951 PRIMARY = 0, 952 /** 953 * At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction). 954 */ 955 SECONDARY = 1, 956 } 957 alias GtkEntryIconPosition EntryIconPosition; 958 959 /** 960 * Describes the state of a #GdkEventSequence in a #GtkGesture. 961 * 962 * Since: 3.14 963 */ 964 public enum GtkEventSequenceState 965 { 966 /** 967 * The sequence is handled, but not grabbed. 968 */ 969 NONE = 0, 970 /** 971 * The sequence is handled and grabbed. 972 */ 973 CLAIMED = 1, 974 /** 975 * The sequence is denied. 976 */ 977 DENIED = 2, 978 } 979 alias GtkEventSequenceState EventSequenceState; 980 981 /** 982 * Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a #GtkTreeView. 983 */ 984 public enum GtkExpanderStyle 985 { 986 /** 987 * The style used for a collapsed subtree. 988 */ 989 COLLAPSED = 0, 990 /** 991 * Intermediate style used during animation. 992 */ 993 SEMI_COLLAPSED = 1, 994 /** 995 * Intermediate style used during animation. 996 */ 997 SEMI_EXPANDED = 2, 998 /** 999 * The style used for an expanded subtree. 1000 */ 1001 EXPANDED = 3, 1002 } 1003 alias GtkExpanderStyle ExpanderStyle; 1004 1005 /** 1006 * Describes whether a #GtkFileChooser is being used to open existing files 1007 * or to save to a possibly new file. 1008 */ 1009 public enum GtkFileChooserAction 1010 { 1011 /** 1012 * Indicates open mode. The file chooser 1013 * will only let the user pick an existing file. 1014 */ 1015 OPEN = 0, 1016 /** 1017 * Indicates save mode. The file chooser 1018 * will let the user pick an existing file, or type in a new 1019 * filename. 1020 */ 1021 SAVE = 1, 1022 /** 1023 * Indicates an Open mode for 1024 * selecting folders. The file chooser will let the user pick an 1025 * existing folder. 1026 */ 1027 SELECT_FOLDER = 2, 1028 /** 1029 * Indicates a mode for creating a 1030 * new folder. The file chooser will let the user name an existing or 1031 * new folder. 1032 */ 1033 CREATE_FOLDER = 3, 1034 } 1035 alias GtkFileChooserAction FileChooserAction; 1036 1037 /** 1038 * Used as a return value of handlers for the 1039 * #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal of a #GtkFileChooser. This 1040 * value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock 1041 * confirmation dialog, accept the user’s choice of a filename, or 1042 * let the user choose another filename. 1043 * 1044 * Since: 2.8 1045 */ 1046 public enum GtkFileChooserConfirmation 1047 { 1048 /** 1049 * The file chooser will present 1050 * its stock dialog to confirm about overwriting an existing file. 1051 */ 1052 CONFIRM = 0, 1053 /** 1054 * The file chooser will 1055 * terminate and accept the user’s choice of a file name. 1056 */ 1057 ACCEPT_FILENAME = 1, 1058 /** 1059 * The file chooser will 1060 * continue running, so as to let the user select another file name. 1061 */ 1062 SELECT_AGAIN = 2, 1063 } 1064 alias GtkFileChooserConfirmation FileChooserConfirmation; 1065 1066 /** 1067 * These identify the various errors that can occur while calling 1068 * #GtkFileChooser functions. 1069 */ 1070 public enum GtkFileChooserError 1071 { 1072 /** 1073 * Indicates that a file does not exist. 1074 */ 1075 NONEXISTENT = 0, 1076 /** 1077 * Indicates a malformed filename. 1078 */ 1079 BAD_FILENAME = 1, 1080 /** 1081 * Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when 1082 * adding a bookmark). 1083 */ 1084 ALREADY_EXISTS = 2, 1085 /** 1086 * Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash after that). 1087 */ 1088 INCOMPLETE_HOSTNAME = 3, 1089 } 1090 alias GtkFileChooserError FileChooserError; 1091 1092 /** 1093 * These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkFileFilterInfo struct 1094 * are filled or need to be filled. 1095 */ 1096 public enum GtkFileFilterFlags 1097 { 1098 /** 1099 * the filename of the file being tested 1100 */ 1101 FILENAME = 1, 1102 /** 1103 * the URI for the file being tested 1104 */ 1105 URI = 2, 1106 /** 1107 * the string that will be used to 1108 * display the file in the file chooser 1109 */ 1110 DISPLAY_NAME = 4, 1111 /** 1112 * the mime type of the file 1113 */ 1114 MIME_TYPE = 8, 1115 } 1116 alias GtkFileFilterFlags FileFilterFlags; 1117 1118 /** 1119 * Style for input method preedit. See also 1120 * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-preedit-style 1121 */ 1122 public enum GtkIMPreeditStyle 1123 { 1124 /** 1125 * Deprecated 1126 */ 1127 NOTHING = 0, 1128 /** 1129 * Deprecated 1130 */ 1131 CALLBACK = 1, 1132 /** 1133 * Deprecated 1134 */ 1135 NONE = 2, 1136 } 1137 alias GtkIMPreeditStyle IMPreeditStyle; 1138 1139 /** 1140 * Style for input method status. See also 1141 * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-status-style 1142 */ 1143 public enum GtkIMStatusStyle 1144 { 1145 /** 1146 * Deprecated 1147 */ 1148 NOTHING = 0, 1149 /** 1150 * Deprecated 1151 */ 1152 CALLBACK = 1, 1153 /** 1154 * Deprecated 1155 */ 1156 NONE = 2, 1157 } 1158 alias GtkIMStatusStyle IMStatusStyle; 1159 1160 /** 1161 * Used to specify options for gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() 1162 */ 1163 public enum GtkIconLookupFlags 1164 { 1165 /** 1166 * Never get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf 1167 * supports them. Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG. 1168 */ 1169 NO_SVG = 1, 1170 /** 1171 * Get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf 1172 * doesn’t support them. 1173 * Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG. 1174 */ 1175 FORCE_SVG = 2, 1176 /** 1177 * When passed to 1178 * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() includes builtin icons 1179 * as well as files. For a builtin icon, gtk_icon_info_get_filename() 1180 * is %NULL and you need to call gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf(). 1181 */ 1182 USE_BUILTIN = 4, 1183 /** 1184 * Try to shorten icon name at '-' 1185 * characters before looking at inherited themes. This flag is only 1186 * supported in functions that take a single icon name. For more general 1187 * fallback, see gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon(). Since 2.12. 1188 */ 1189 GENERIC_FALLBACK = 8, 1190 /** 1191 * Always get the icon scaled to the 1192 * requested size. Since 2.14. 1193 */ 1194 FORCE_SIZE = 16, 1195 /** 1196 * Try to always load regular icons, even 1197 * when symbolic icon names are given. Since 3.14. 1198 */ 1199 FORCE_REGULAR = 32, 1200 /** 1201 * Try to always load symbolic icons, even 1202 * when regular icon names are given. Since 3.14. 1203 */ 1204 FORCE_SYMBOLIC = 64, 1205 /** 1206 * Try to load a variant of the icon for left-to-right 1207 * text direction. Since 3.14. 1208 */ 1209 DIR_LTR = 128, 1210 /** 1211 * Try to load a variant of the icon for right-to-left 1212 * text direction. Since 3.14. 1213 */ 1214 DIR_RTL = 256, 1215 } 1216 alias GtkIconLookupFlags IconLookupFlags; 1217 1218 /** 1219 * Built-in stock icon sizes. 1220 */ 1221 public enum GtkIconSize 1222 { 1223 /** 1224 * Invalid size. 1225 */ 1226 INVALID = 0, 1227 /** 1228 * Size appropriate for menus (16px). 1229 */ 1230 MENU = 1, 1231 /** 1232 * Size appropriate for small toolbars (16px). 1233 */ 1234 SMALL_TOOLBAR = 2, 1235 /** 1236 * Size appropriate for large toolbars (24px) 1237 */ 1238 LARGE_TOOLBAR = 3, 1239 /** 1240 * Size appropriate for buttons (16px) 1241 */ 1242 BUTTON = 4, 1243 /** 1244 * Size appropriate for drag and drop (32px) 1245 */ 1246 DND = 5, 1247 /** 1248 * Size appropriate for dialogs (48px) 1249 */ 1250 DIALOG = 6, 1251 } 1252 alias GtkIconSize IconSize; 1253 1254 /** 1255 * Error codes for GtkIconTheme operations. 1256 */ 1257 public enum GtkIconThemeError 1258 { 1259 /** 1260 * The icon specified does not exist in the theme 1261 */ 1262 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1263 /** 1264 * An unspecified error occurred. 1265 */ 1266 FAILED = 1, 1267 } 1268 alias GtkIconThemeError IconThemeError; 1269 1270 /** 1271 * An enum for determining where a dropped item goes. 1272 */ 1273 public enum GtkIconViewDropPosition 1274 { 1275 /** 1276 * no drop possible 1277 */ 1278 NO_DROP = 0, 1279 /** 1280 * dropped item replaces the item 1281 */ 1282 DROP_INTO = 1, 1283 /** 1284 * droppped item is inserted to the left 1285 */ 1286 DROP_LEFT = 2, 1287 /** 1288 * dropped item is inserted to the right 1289 */ 1290 DROP_RIGHT = 3, 1291 /** 1292 * dropped item is inserted above 1293 */ 1294 DROP_ABOVE = 4, 1295 /** 1296 * dropped item is inserted below 1297 */ 1298 DROP_BELOW = 5, 1299 } 1300 alias GtkIconViewDropPosition IconViewDropPosition; 1301 1302 /** 1303 * Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you 1304 * want to get the image from the widget, you can only get the 1305 * currently-stored representation. e.g. if the 1306 * gtk_image_get_storage_type() returns #GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF, then you can 1307 * call gtk_image_get_pixbuf() but not gtk_image_get_stock(). For empty 1308 * images, you can request any storage type (call any of the "get" 1309 * functions), but they will all return %NULL values. 1310 */ 1311 public enum GtkImageType 1312 { 1313 /** 1314 * there is no image displayed by the widget 1315 */ 1316 EMPTY = 0, 1317 /** 1318 * the widget contains a #GdkPixbuf 1319 */ 1320 PIXBUF = 1, 1321 /** 1322 * the widget contains a [stock item name][gtkstock] 1323 */ 1324 STOCK = 2, 1325 /** 1326 * the widget contains a #GtkIconSet 1327 */ 1328 ICON_SET = 3, 1329 /** 1330 * the widget contains a #GdkPixbufAnimation 1331 */ 1332 ANIMATION = 4, 1333 /** 1334 * the widget contains a named icon. 1335 * This image type was added in GTK+ 2.6 1336 */ 1337 ICON_NAME = 5, 1338 /** 1339 * the widget contains a #GIcon. 1340 * This image type was added in GTK+ 2.14 1341 */ 1342 GICON = 6, 1343 /** 1344 * the widget contains a #cairo_surface_t. 1345 * This image type was added in GTK+ 3.10 1346 */ 1347 SURFACE = 7, 1348 } 1349 alias GtkImageType ImageType; 1350 1351 /** 1352 * Describes hints that might be taken into account by input methods 1353 * or applications. Note that input methods may already tailor their 1354 * behaviour according to the #GtkInputPurpose of the entry. 1355 * 1356 * Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing 1357 * @GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE with any of the uppercase hints makes no sense. 1358 * 1359 * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should 1360 * ignore unknown values. 1361 * 1362 * Since: 3.6 1363 */ 1364 public enum GtkInputHints 1365 { 1366 /** 1367 * No special behaviour suggested 1368 */ 1369 NONE = 0, 1370 /** 1371 * Suggest checking for typos 1372 */ 1373 SPELLCHECK = 1, 1374 /** 1375 * Suggest not checking for typos 1376 */ 1377 NO_SPELLCHECK = 2, 1378 /** 1379 * Suggest word completion 1380 */ 1381 WORD_COMPLETION = 4, 1382 /** 1383 * Suggest to convert all text to lowercase 1384 */ 1385 LOWERCASE = 8, 1386 /** 1387 * Suggest to capitalize all text 1388 */ 1389 UPPERCASE_CHARS = 16, 1390 /** 1391 * Suggest to capitalize the first 1392 * character of each word 1393 */ 1394 UPPERCASE_WORDS = 32, 1395 /** 1396 * Suggest to capitalize the 1397 * first word of each sentence 1398 */ 1399 UPPERCASE_SENTENCES = 64, 1400 /** 1401 * Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard 1402 * (e.g for a calculator that already has all the keys). 1403 */ 1404 INHIBIT_OSK = 128, 1405 /** 1406 * The text is vertical. Since 3.18 1407 */ 1408 VERTICAL_WRITING = 256, 1409 } 1410 alias GtkInputHints InputHints; 1411 1412 /** 1413 * Describes primary purpose of the input widget. This information is 1414 * useful for on-screen keyboards and similar input methods to decide 1415 * which keys should be presented to the user. 1416 * 1417 * Note that the purpose is not meant to impose a totally strict rule 1418 * about allowed characters, and does not replace input validation. 1419 * It is fine for an on-screen keyboard to let the user override the 1420 * character set restriction that is expressed by the purpose. The 1421 * application is expected to validate the entry contents, even if 1422 * it specified a purpose. 1423 * 1424 * The difference between @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS and 1425 * @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER is that the former accepts only digits 1426 * while the latter also some punctuation (like commas or points, plus, 1427 * minus) and “e” or “E” as in 3.14E+000. 1428 * 1429 * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should 1430 * interpret unknown values as “free form”. 1431 * 1432 * Since: 3.6 1433 */ 1434 public enum GtkInputPurpose 1435 { 1436 /** 1437 * Allow any character 1438 */ 1439 FREE_FORM = 0, 1440 /** 1441 * Allow only alphabetic characters 1442 */ 1443 ALPHA = 1, 1444 /** 1445 * Allow only digits 1446 */ 1447 DIGITS = 2, 1448 /** 1449 * Edited field expects numbers 1450 */ 1451 NUMBER = 3, 1452 /** 1453 * Edited field expects phone number 1454 */ 1455 PHONE = 4, 1456 /** 1457 * Edited field expects URL 1458 */ 1459 URL = 5, 1460 /** 1461 * Edited field expects email address 1462 */ 1463 EMAIL = 6, 1464 /** 1465 * Edited field expects the name of a person 1466 */ 1467 NAME = 7, 1468 /** 1469 * Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM, but characters are hidden 1470 */ 1471 PASSWORD = 8, 1472 /** 1473 * Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS, but characters are hidden 1474 */ 1475 PIN = 9, 1476 } 1477 alias GtkInputPurpose InputPurpose; 1478 1479 /** 1480 * Describes how a rendered element connects to adjacent elements. 1481 */ 1482 public enum GtkJunctionSides 1483 { 1484 /** 1485 * No junctions. 1486 */ 1487 NONE = 0, 1488 /** 1489 * Element connects on the top-left corner. 1490 */ 1491 CORNER_TOPLEFT = 1, 1492 /** 1493 * Element connects on the top-right corner. 1494 */ 1495 CORNER_TOPRIGHT = 2, 1496 /** 1497 * Element connects on the bottom-left corner. 1498 */ 1499 CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT = 4, 1500 /** 1501 * Element connects on the bottom-right corner. 1502 */ 1503 CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT = 8, 1504 /** 1505 * Element connects on the top side. 1506 */ 1507 TOP = 3, 1508 /** 1509 * Element connects on the bottom side. 1510 */ 1511 BOTTOM = 12, 1512 /** 1513 * Element connects on the left side. 1514 */ 1515 LEFT = 5, 1516 /** 1517 * Element connects on the right side. 1518 */ 1519 RIGHT = 10, 1520 } 1521 alias GtkJunctionSides JunctionSides; 1522 1523 /** 1524 * Used for justifying the text inside a #GtkLabel widget. (See also 1525 * #GtkAlignment). 1526 */ 1527 public enum GtkJustification 1528 { 1529 /** 1530 * The text is placed at the left edge of the label. 1531 */ 1532 LEFT = 0, 1533 /** 1534 * The text is placed at the right edge of the label. 1535 */ 1536 RIGHT = 1, 1537 /** 1538 * The text is placed in the center of the label. 1539 */ 1540 CENTER = 2, 1541 /** 1542 * The text is placed is distributed across the label. 1543 */ 1544 FILL = 3, 1545 } 1546 alias GtkJustification Justification; 1547 1548 /** 1549 * Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered. 1550 * Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes 1551 * in the future. 1552 * 1553 * Since: 3.6 1554 */ 1555 public enum GtkLevelBarMode 1556 { 1557 /** 1558 * the bar has a continuous mode 1559 */ 1560 CONTINUOUS = 0, 1561 /** 1562 * the bar has a discrete mode 1563 */ 1564 DISCRETE = 1, 1565 } 1566 alias GtkLevelBarMode LevelBarMode; 1567 1568 /** 1569 * The type of license for an application. 1570 * 1571 * This enumeration can be expanded at later date. 1572 * 1573 * Since: 3.0 1574 */ 1575 public enum GtkLicense 1576 { 1577 /** 1578 * No license specified 1579 */ 1580 UNKNOWN = 0, 1581 /** 1582 * A license text is going to be specified by the 1583 * developer 1584 */ 1585 CUSTOM = 1, 1586 /** 1587 * The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 or later 1588 */ 1589 GPL_2_0 = 2, 1590 /** 1591 * The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 or later 1592 */ 1593 GPL_3_0 = 3, 1594 /** 1595 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 or later 1596 */ 1597 LGPL_2_1 = 4, 1598 /** 1599 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 or later 1600 */ 1601 LGPL_3_0 = 5, 1602 /** 1603 * The BSD standard license 1604 */ 1605 BSD = 6, 1606 /** 1607 * The MIT/X11 standard license 1608 */ 1609 MIT_X11 = 7, 1610 /** 1611 * The Artistic License, version 2.0 1612 */ 1613 ARTISTIC = 8, 1614 /** 1615 * The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12. 1616 */ 1617 GPL_2_0_ONLY = 9, 1618 /** 1619 * The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. 1620 */ 1621 GPL_3_0_ONLY = 10, 1622 /** 1623 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12. 1624 */ 1625 LGPL_2_1_ONLY = 11, 1626 /** 1627 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. 1628 */ 1629 LGPL_3_0_ONLY = 12, 1630 /** 1631 * The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later. Since: 3.22. 1632 */ 1633 AGPL_3_0 = 13, 1634 } 1635 alias GtkLicense License; 1636 1637 /** 1638 * An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu. 1639 */ 1640 public enum GtkMenuDirectionType 1641 { 1642 /** 1643 * To the parent menu shell 1644 */ 1645 PARENT = 0, 1646 /** 1647 * To the submenu, if any, associated with the item 1648 */ 1649 CHILD = 1, 1650 /** 1651 * To the next menu item 1652 */ 1653 NEXT = 2, 1654 /** 1655 * To the previous menu item 1656 */ 1657 PREV = 3, 1658 } 1659 alias GtkMenuDirectionType MenuDirectionType; 1660 1661 /** 1662 * The type of message being displayed in the dialog. 1663 */ 1664 public enum GtkMessageType : uint 1665 { 1666 /** 1667 * Informational message 1668 */ 1669 INFO = 0, 1670 /** 1671 * Non-fatal warning message 1672 */ 1673 WARNING = 1, 1674 /** 1675 * Question requiring a choice 1676 */ 1677 QUESTION = 2, 1678 /** 1679 * Fatal error message 1680 */ 1681 ERROR = 3, 1682 /** 1683 * None of the above 1684 */ 1685 OTHER = 4, 1686 } 1687 alias GtkMessageType MessageType; 1688 1689 public enum GtkMovementStep 1690 { 1691 /** 1692 * Move forward or back by graphemes 1693 */ 1694 LOGICAL_POSITIONS = 0, 1695 /** 1696 * Move left or right by graphemes 1697 */ 1698 VISUAL_POSITIONS = 1, 1699 /** 1700 * Move forward or back by words 1701 */ 1702 WORDS = 2, 1703 /** 1704 * Move up or down lines (wrapped lines) 1705 */ 1706 DISPLAY_LINES = 3, 1707 /** 1708 * Move to either end of a line 1709 */ 1710 DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = 4, 1711 /** 1712 * Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines) 1713 */ 1714 PARAGRAPHS = 5, 1715 /** 1716 * Move to either end of a paragraph 1717 */ 1718 PARAGRAPH_ENDS = 6, 1719 /** 1720 * Move by pages 1721 */ 1722 PAGES = 7, 1723 /** 1724 * Move to ends of the buffer 1725 */ 1726 BUFFER_ENDS = 8, 1727 /** 1728 * Move horizontally by pages 1729 */ 1730 HORIZONTAL_PAGES = 9, 1731 } 1732 alias GtkMovementStep MovementStep; 1733 1734 public enum GtkNotebookTab 1735 { 1736 FIRST = 0, 1737 LAST = 1, 1738 } 1739 alias GtkNotebookTab NotebookTab; 1740 1741 /** 1742 * Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing 1743 * multiple pages per sheet. 1744 */ 1745 public enum GtkNumberUpLayout 1746 { 1747 /** 1748 * ![](layout-lrtb.png) 1749 */ 1750 LRTB = 0, 1751 /** 1752 * ![](layout-lrbt.png) 1753 */ 1754 LRBT = 1, 1755 /** 1756 * ![](layout-rltb.png) 1757 */ 1758 RLTB = 2, 1759 /** 1760 * ![](layout-rlbt.png) 1761 */ 1762 RLBT = 3, 1763 /** 1764 * ![](layout-tblr.png) 1765 */ 1766 TBLR = 4, 1767 /** 1768 * ![](layout-tbrl.png) 1769 */ 1770 TBRL = 5, 1771 /** 1772 * ![](layout-btlr.png) 1773 */ 1774 BTLR = 6, 1775 /** 1776 * ![](layout-btrl.png) 1777 */ 1778 BTRL = 7, 1779 } 1780 alias GtkNumberUpLayout NumberUpLayout; 1781 1782 /** 1783 * Represents the orientation of widgets and other objects which can be switched 1784 * between horizontal and vertical orientation on the fly, like #GtkToolbar or 1785 * #GtkGesturePan. 1786 */ 1787 public enum GtkOrientation 1788 { 1789 /** 1790 * The element is in horizontal orientation. 1791 */ 1792 HORIZONTAL = 0, 1793 /** 1794 * The element is in vertical orientation. 1795 */ 1796 VERTICAL = 1, 1797 } 1798 alias GtkOrientation Orientation; 1799 1800 /** 1801 * Determines how widgets should be packed inside menubars 1802 * and menuitems contained in menubars. 1803 */ 1804 public enum GtkPackDirection 1805 { 1806 /** 1807 * Widgets are packed left-to-right 1808 */ 1809 LTR = 0, 1810 /** 1811 * Widgets are packed right-to-left 1812 */ 1813 RTL = 1, 1814 /** 1815 * Widgets are packed top-to-bottom 1816 */ 1817 TTB = 2, 1818 /** 1819 * Widgets are packed bottom-to-top 1820 */ 1821 BTT = 3, 1822 } 1823 alias GtkPackDirection PackDirection; 1824 1825 /** 1826 * Represents the packing location #GtkBox children. (See: #GtkVBox, 1827 * #GtkHBox, and #GtkButtonBox). 1828 */ 1829 public enum GtkPackType 1830 { 1831 /** 1832 * The child is packed into the start of the box 1833 */ 1834 START = 0, 1835 /** 1836 * The child is packed into the end of the box 1837 */ 1838 END = 1, 1839 } 1840 alias GtkPackType PackType; 1841 1842 /** 1843 * The type of a pad action. 1844 */ 1845 public enum GtkPadActionType 1846 { 1847 /** 1848 * Action is triggered by a pad button 1849 */ 1850 BUTTON = 0, 1851 /** 1852 * Action is triggered by a pad ring 1853 */ 1854 RING = 1, 1855 /** 1856 * Action is triggered by a pad strip 1857 */ 1858 STRIP = 2, 1859 } 1860 alias GtkPadActionType PadActionType; 1861 1862 /** 1863 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_orientation(). 1864 */ 1865 public enum GtkPageOrientation 1866 { 1867 /** 1868 * Portrait mode. 1869 */ 1870 PORTRAIT = 0, 1871 /** 1872 * Landscape mode. 1873 */ 1874 LANDSCAPE = 1, 1875 /** 1876 * Reverse portrait mode. 1877 */ 1878 REVERSE_PORTRAIT = 2, 1879 /** 1880 * Reverse landscape mode. 1881 */ 1882 REVERSE_LANDSCAPE = 3, 1883 } 1884 alias GtkPageOrientation PageOrientation; 1885 1886 /** 1887 * See also gtk_print_job_set_page_set(). 1888 */ 1889 public enum GtkPageSet 1890 { 1891 /** 1892 * All pages. 1893 */ 1894 ALL = 0, 1895 /** 1896 * Even pages. 1897 */ 1898 EVEN = 1, 1899 /** 1900 * Odd pages. 1901 */ 1902 ODD = 2, 1903 } 1904 alias GtkPageSet PageSet; 1905 1906 /** 1907 * Describes the panning direction of a #GtkGesturePan 1908 * 1909 * Since: 3.14 1910 */ 1911 public enum GtkPanDirection 1912 { 1913 /** 1914 * panned towards the left 1915 */ 1916 LEFT = 0, 1917 /** 1918 * panned towards the right 1919 */ 1920 RIGHT = 1, 1921 /** 1922 * panned upwards 1923 */ 1924 UP = 2, 1925 /** 1926 * panned downwards 1927 */ 1928 DOWN = 3, 1929 } 1930 alias GtkPanDirection PanDirection; 1931 1932 /** 1933 * Priorities for path lookups. 1934 * See also gtk_binding_set_add_path(). 1935 */ 1936 public enum GtkPathPriorityType 1937 { 1938 /** 1939 * Deprecated 1940 */ 1941 LOWEST = 0, 1942 /** 1943 * Deprecated 1944 */ 1945 GTK = 4, 1946 /** 1947 * Deprecated 1948 */ 1949 APPLICATION = 8, 1950 /** 1951 * Deprecated 1952 */ 1953 THEME = 10, 1954 /** 1955 * Deprecated 1956 */ 1957 RC = 12, 1958 /** 1959 * Deprecated 1960 */ 1961 HIGHEST = 15, 1962 } 1963 alias GtkPathPriorityType PathPriorityType; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * Widget path types. 1967 * See also gtk_binding_set_add_path(). 1968 */ 1969 public enum GtkPathType 1970 { 1971 /** 1972 * Deprecated 1973 */ 1974 WIDGET = 0, 1975 /** 1976 * Deprecated 1977 */ 1978 WIDGET_CLASS = 1, 1979 /** 1980 * Deprecated 1981 */ 1982 CLASS = 2, 1983 } 1984 alias GtkPathType PathType; 1985 1986 /** 1987 * These flags serve two purposes. First, the application can call gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags() 1988 * using these flags as a bitmask. This tells the sidebar that the application is able to open 1989 * folders selected from the sidebar in various ways, for example, in new tabs or in new windows in 1990 * addition to the normal mode. 1991 * 1992 * Second, when one of these values gets passed back to the application in the 1993 * #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal, it means that the application should 1994 * open the selected location in the normal way, in a new tab, or in a new 1995 * window. The sidebar takes care of determining the desired way to open the location, 1996 * based on the modifier keys that the user is pressing at the time the selection is made. 1997 * 1998 * If the application never calls gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), then the sidebar will only 1999 * use #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL in the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is the 2000 * default mode of operation. 2001 */ 2002 public enum GtkPlacesOpenFlags 2003 { 2004 /** 2005 * This is the default mode that #GtkPlacesSidebar uses if no other flags 2006 * are specified. It indicates that the calling application should open the selected location 2007 * in the normal way, for example, in the folder view beside the sidebar. 2008 */ 2009 NORMAL = 1, 2010 /** 2011 * When passed to gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), this indicates 2012 * that the application can open folders selected from the sidebar in new tabs. This value 2013 * will be passed to the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal when the user selects 2014 * that a location be opened in a new tab instead of in the standard fashion. 2015 */ 2016 NEW_TAB = 2, 2017 /** 2018 * Similar to @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB, but indicates that the application 2019 * can open folders in new windows. 2020 */ 2021 NEW_WINDOW = 4, 2022 } 2023 alias GtkPlacesOpenFlags PlacesOpenFlags; 2024 2025 /** 2026 * Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the 2027 * visibility mode for the scrollbars. 2028 */ 2029 public enum GtkPolicyType 2030 { 2031 /** 2032 * The scrollbar is always visible. The view size is 2033 * independent of the content. 2034 */ 2035 ALWAYS = 0, 2036 /** 2037 * The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. 2038 * For example, when all of a #GtkTreeView can not be seen. 2039 */ 2040 AUTOMATIC = 1, 2041 /** 2042 * The scrollbar should never appear. In this mode the 2043 * content determines the size. 2044 */ 2045 NEVER = 2, 2046 /** 2047 * Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the 2048 * size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple 2049 * scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16 2050 */ 2051 EXTERNAL = 3, 2052 } 2053 alias GtkPolicyType PolicyType; 2054 2055 /** 2056 * Describes constraints to positioning of popovers. More values 2057 * may be added to this enumeration in the future. 2058 * 2059 * Since: 3.20 2060 */ 2061 public enum GtkPopoverConstraint 2062 { 2063 /** 2064 * Don't constrain the popover position 2065 * beyond what is imposed by the implementation 2066 */ 2067 NONE = 0, 2068 /** 2069 * Constrain the popover to the boundaries 2070 * of the window that it is attached to 2071 */ 2072 WINDOW = 1, 2073 } 2074 alias GtkPopoverConstraint PopoverConstraint; 2075 2076 /** 2077 * Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at, e.g. the 2078 * tabs of a #GtkNotebook, the handle of a #GtkHandleBox or the label of a 2079 * #GtkScale. 2080 */ 2081 public enum GtkPositionType 2082 { 2083 /** 2084 * The feature is at the left edge. 2085 */ 2086 LEFT = 0, 2087 /** 2088 * The feature is at the right edge. 2089 */ 2090 RIGHT = 1, 2091 /** 2092 * The feature is at the top edge. 2093 */ 2094 TOP = 2, 2095 /** 2096 * The feature is at the bottom edge. 2097 */ 2098 BOTTOM = 3, 2099 } 2100 alias GtkPositionType PositionType; 2101 2102 /** 2103 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_duplex(). 2104 */ 2105 public enum GtkPrintDuplex 2106 { 2107 /** 2108 * No duplex. 2109 */ 2110 SIMPLEX = 0, 2111 /** 2112 * Horizontal duplex. 2113 */ 2114 HORIZONTAL = 1, 2115 /** 2116 * Vertical duplex. 2117 */ 2118 VERTICAL = 2, 2119 } 2120 alias GtkPrintDuplex PrintDuplex; 2121 2122 /** 2123 * Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while 2124 * using the GTK+ printing support. 2125 */ 2126 public enum GtkPrintError 2127 { 2128 /** 2129 * An unspecified error occurred. 2130 */ 2131 GENERAL = 0, 2132 /** 2133 * An internal error occurred. 2134 */ 2135 INTERNAL_ERROR = 1, 2136 /** 2137 * A memory allocation failed. 2138 */ 2139 NOMEM = 2, 2140 /** 2141 * An error occurred while loading a page setup 2142 * or paper size from a key file. 2143 */ 2144 INVALID_FILE = 3, 2145 } 2146 alias GtkPrintError PrintError; 2147 2148 /** 2149 * The @action parameter to gtk_print_operation_run() 2150 * determines what action the print operation should perform. 2151 */ 2152 public enum GtkPrintOperationAction 2153 { 2154 /** 2155 * Show the print dialog. 2156 */ 2157 PRINT_DIALOG = 0, 2158 /** 2159 * Start to print without showing 2160 * the print dialog, based on the current print settings. 2161 */ 2162 PRINT = 1, 2163 /** 2164 * Show the print preview. 2165 */ 2166 PREVIEW = 2, 2167 /** 2168 * Export to a file. This requires 2169 * the export-filename property to be set. 2170 */ 2171 EXPORT = 3, 2172 } 2173 alias GtkPrintOperationAction PrintOperationAction; 2174 2175 /** 2176 * A value of this type is returned by gtk_print_operation_run(). 2177 */ 2178 public enum GtkPrintOperationResult 2179 { 2180 /** 2181 * An error has occurred. 2182 */ 2183 ERROR = 0, 2184 /** 2185 * The print settings should be stored. 2186 */ 2187 APPLY = 1, 2188 /** 2189 * The print operation has been canceled, 2190 * the print settings should not be stored. 2191 */ 2192 CANCEL = 2, 2193 /** 2194 * The print operation is not complete 2195 * yet. This value will only be returned when running asynchronously. 2196 */ 2197 IN_PROGRESS = 3, 2198 } 2199 alias GtkPrintOperationResult PrintOperationResult; 2200 2201 /** 2202 * See also gtk_print_job_set_pages() 2203 */ 2204 public enum GtkPrintPages 2205 { 2206 /** 2207 * All pages. 2208 */ 2209 ALL = 0, 2210 /** 2211 * Current page. 2212 */ 2213 CURRENT = 1, 2214 /** 2215 * Range of pages. 2216 */ 2217 RANGES = 2, 2218 /** 2219 * Selected pages. 2220 */ 2221 SELECTION = 3, 2222 } 2223 alias GtkPrintPages PrintPages; 2224 2225 /** 2226 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_quality(). 2227 */ 2228 public enum GtkPrintQuality 2229 { 2230 /** 2231 * Low quality. 2232 */ 2233 LOW = 0, 2234 /** 2235 * Normal quality. 2236 */ 2237 NORMAL = 1, 2238 /** 2239 * High quality. 2240 */ 2241 HIGH = 2, 2242 /** 2243 * Draft quality. 2244 */ 2245 DRAFT = 3, 2246 } 2247 alias GtkPrintQuality PrintQuality; 2248 2249 /** 2250 * The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running 2251 * print operation. 2252 */ 2253 public enum GtkPrintStatus 2254 { 2255 /** 2256 * The printing has not started yet; this 2257 * status is set initially, and while the print dialog is shown. 2258 */ 2259 INITIAL = 0, 2260 /** 2261 * This status is set while the begin-print 2262 * signal is emitted and during pagination. 2263 */ 2264 PREPARING = 1, 2265 /** 2266 * This status is set while the 2267 * pages are being rendered. 2268 */ 2269 GENERATING_DATA = 2, 2270 /** 2271 * The print job is being sent off to the 2272 * printer. 2273 */ 2274 SENDING_DATA = 3, 2275 /** 2276 * The print job has been sent to the printer, 2277 * but is not printed for some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped. 2278 */ 2279 PENDING = 4, 2280 /** 2281 * Some problem has occurred during 2282 * printing, e.g. a paper jam. 2283 */ 2284 PENDING_ISSUE = 5, 2285 /** 2286 * The printer is processing the print job. 2287 */ 2288 PRINTING = 6, 2289 /** 2290 * The printing has been completed successfully. 2291 */ 2292 FINISHED = 7, 2293 /** 2294 * The printing has been aborted. 2295 */ 2296 FINISHED_ABORTED = 8, 2297 } 2298 alias GtkPrintStatus PrintStatus; 2299 2300 /** 2301 * Describes the stage at which events are fed into a #GtkEventController. 2302 * 2303 * Since: 3.14 2304 */ 2305 public enum GtkPropagationPhase 2306 { 2307 /** 2308 * Events are not delivered automatically. Those can be 2309 * manually fed through gtk_event_controller_handle_event(). This should 2310 * only be used when full control about when, or whether the controller 2311 * handles the event is needed. 2312 */ 2313 NONE = 0, 2314 /** 2315 * Events are delivered in the capture phase. The 2316 * capture phase happens before the bubble phase, runs from the toplevel down 2317 * to the event widget. This option should only be used on containers that 2318 * might possibly handle events before their children do. 2319 */ 2320 CAPTURE = 1, 2321 /** 2322 * Events are delivered in the bubble phase. The bubble 2323 * phase happens after the capture phase, and before the default handlers 2324 * are run. This phase runs from the event widget, up to the toplevel. 2325 */ 2326 BUBBLE = 2, 2327 /** 2328 * Events are delivered in the default widget event handlers, 2329 * note that widget implementations must chain up on button, motion, touch and 2330 * grab broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run. 2331 */ 2332 TARGET = 3, 2333 } 2334 alias GtkPropagationPhase PropagationPhase; 2335 2336 /** 2337 * Deprecated 2338 */ 2339 public enum GtkRcFlags 2340 { 2341 /** 2342 * Deprecated 2343 */ 2344 FG = 1, 2345 /** 2346 * Deprecated 2347 */ 2348 BG = 2, 2349 /** 2350 * Deprecated 2351 */ 2352 TEXT = 4, 2353 /** 2354 * Deprecated 2355 */ 2356 BASE = 8, 2357 } 2358 alias GtkRcFlags RcFlags; 2359 2360 /** 2361 * The #GtkRcTokenType enumeration represents the tokens 2362 * in the RC file. It is exposed so that theme engines 2363 * can reuse these tokens when parsing the theme-engine 2364 * specific portions of a RC file. 2365 * 2366 * Deprecated: Use #GtkCssProvider instead. 2367 */ 2368 public enum GtkRcTokenType 2369 { 2370 /** 2371 * Deprecated 2372 */ 2373 INVALID = 270, 2374 /** 2375 * Deprecated 2376 */ 2377 INCLUDE = 271, 2378 /** 2379 * Deprecated 2380 */ 2381 NORMAL = 272, 2382 /** 2383 * Deprecated 2384 */ 2385 ACTIVE = 273, 2386 /** 2387 * Deprecated 2388 */ 2389 PRELIGHT = 274, 2390 /** 2391 * Deprecated 2392 */ 2393 SELECTED = 275, 2394 /** 2395 * Deprecated 2396 */ 2397 INSENSITIVE = 276, 2398 /** 2399 * Deprecated 2400 */ 2401 FG = 277, 2402 /** 2403 * Deprecated 2404 */ 2405 BG = 278, 2406 /** 2407 * Deprecated 2408 */ 2409 TEXT = 279, 2410 /** 2411 * Deprecated 2412 */ 2413 BASE = 280, 2414 /** 2415 * Deprecated 2416 */ 2417 XTHICKNESS = 281, 2418 /** 2419 * Deprecated 2420 */ 2421 YTHICKNESS = 282, 2422 /** 2423 * Deprecated 2424 */ 2425 FONT = 283, 2426 /** 2427 * Deprecated 2428 */ 2429 FONTSET = 284, 2430 /** 2431 * Deprecated 2432 */ 2433 FONT_NAME = 285, 2434 /** 2435 * Deprecated 2436 */ 2437 BG_PIXMAP = 286, 2438 /** 2439 * Deprecated 2440 */ 2441 PIXMAP_PATH = 287, 2442 /** 2443 * Deprecated 2444 */ 2445 STYLE = 288, 2446 /** 2447 * Deprecated 2448 */ 2449 BINDING = 289, 2450 /** 2451 * Deprecated 2452 */ 2453 BIND = 290, 2454 /** 2455 * Deprecated 2456 */ 2457 WIDGET = 291, 2458 /** 2459 * Deprecated 2460 */ 2461 WIDGET_CLASS = 292, 2462 /** 2463 * Deprecated 2464 */ 2465 CLASS = 293, 2466 /** 2467 * Deprecated 2468 */ 2469 LOWEST = 294, 2470 /** 2471 * Deprecated 2472 */ 2473 GTK = 295, 2474 /** 2475 * Deprecated 2476 */ 2477 APPLICATION = 296, 2478 /** 2479 * Deprecated 2480 */ 2481 THEME = 297, 2482 /** 2483 * Deprecated 2484 */ 2485 RC = 298, 2486 /** 2487 * Deprecated 2488 */ 2489 HIGHEST = 299, 2490 /** 2491 * Deprecated 2492 */ 2493 ENGINE = 300, 2494 /** 2495 * Deprecated 2496 */ 2497 MODULE_PATH = 301, 2498 /** 2499 * Deprecated 2500 */ 2501 IM_MODULE_PATH = 302, 2502 /** 2503 * Deprecated 2504 */ 2505 IM_MODULE_FILE = 303, 2506 /** 2507 * Deprecated 2508 */ 2509 STOCK = 304, 2510 /** 2511 * Deprecated 2512 */ 2513 LTR = 305, 2514 /** 2515 * Deprecated 2516 */ 2517 RTL = 306, 2518 /** 2519 * Deprecated 2520 */ 2521 COLOR = 307, 2522 /** 2523 * Deprecated 2524 */ 2525 UNBIND = 308, 2526 /** 2527 * Deprecated 2528 */ 2529 LAST = 309, 2530 } 2531 alias GtkRcTokenType RcTokenType; 2532 2533 /** 2534 * These identify the various errors that can occur while calling 2535 * #GtkRecentChooser functions. 2536 * 2537 * Since: 2.10 2538 */ 2539 public enum GtkRecentChooserError 2540 { 2541 /** 2542 * Indicates that a file does not exist 2543 */ 2544 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2545 /** 2546 * Indicates a malformed URI 2547 */ 2548 INVALID_URI = 1, 2549 } 2550 alias GtkRecentChooserError RecentChooserError; 2551 2552 /** 2553 * These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkRecentFilterInfo struct 2554 * are filled or need to be filled. 2555 */ 2556 public enum GtkRecentFilterFlags 2557 { 2558 /** 2559 * the URI of the file being tested 2560 */ 2561 URI = 1, 2562 /** 2563 * the string that will be used to 2564 * display the file in the recent chooser 2565 */ 2566 DISPLAY_NAME = 2, 2567 /** 2568 * the mime type of the file 2569 */ 2570 MIME_TYPE = 4, 2571 /** 2572 * the list of applications that have 2573 * registered the file 2574 */ 2575 APPLICATION = 8, 2576 /** 2577 * the groups to which the file belongs to 2578 */ 2579 GROUP = 16, 2580 /** 2581 * the number of days elapsed since the file 2582 * has been registered 2583 */ 2584 AGE = 32, 2585 } 2586 alias GtkRecentFilterFlags RecentFilterFlags; 2587 2588 /** 2589 * Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations 2590 * 2591 * Since: 2.10 2592 */ 2593 public enum GtkRecentManagerError 2594 { 2595 /** 2596 * the URI specified does not exists in 2597 * the recently used resources list. 2598 */ 2599 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2600 /** 2601 * the URI specified is not valid. 2602 */ 2603 INVALID_URI = 1, 2604 /** 2605 * the supplied string is not 2606 * UTF-8 encoded. 2607 */ 2608 INVALID_ENCODING = 2, 2609 /** 2610 * no application has registered 2611 * the specified item. 2612 */ 2613 NOT_REGISTERED = 3, 2614 /** 2615 * failure while reading the recently used 2616 * resources file. 2617 */ 2618 READ = 4, 2619 /** 2620 * failure while writing the recently used 2621 * resources file. 2622 */ 2623 WRITE = 5, 2624 /** 2625 * unspecified error. 2626 */ 2627 UNKNOWN = 6, 2628 } 2629 alias GtkRecentManagerError RecentManagerError; 2630 2631 /** 2632 * Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently 2633 * used resource list. 2634 * 2635 * Since: 2.10 2636 */ 2637 public enum GtkRecentSortType 2638 { 2639 /** 2640 * Do not sort the returned list of recently used 2641 * resources. 2642 */ 2643 NONE = 0, 2644 /** 2645 * Sort the returned list with the most recently used 2646 * items first. 2647 */ 2648 MRU = 1, 2649 /** 2650 * Sort the returned list with the least recently used 2651 * items first. 2652 */ 2653 LRU = 2, 2654 /** 2655 * Sort the returned list using a custom sorting 2656 * function passed using gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func(). 2657 */ 2658 CUSTOM = 3, 2659 } 2660 alias GtkRecentSortType RecentSortType; 2661 2662 /** 2663 * Describes a region within a widget. 2664 */ 2665 public enum GtkRegionFlags 2666 { 2667 /** 2668 * Region has an even number within a set. 2669 */ 2670 EVEN = 1, 2671 /** 2672 * Region has an odd number within a set. 2673 */ 2674 ODD = 2, 2675 /** 2676 * Region is the first one within a set. 2677 */ 2678 FIRST = 4, 2679 /** 2680 * Region is the last one within a set. 2681 */ 2682 LAST = 8, 2683 /** 2684 * Region is the only one within a set. 2685 */ 2686 ONLY = 16, 2687 /** 2688 * Region is part of a sorted area. 2689 */ 2690 SORTED = 32, 2691 } 2692 alias GtkRegionFlags RegionFlags; 2693 2694 /** 2695 * Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton. 2696 */ 2697 public enum GtkReliefStyle 2698 { 2699 /** 2700 * Draw a normal relief. 2701 */ 2702 NORMAL = 0, 2703 /** 2704 * A half relief. Deprecated in 3.14, does the same as @GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL 2705 */ 2706 HALF = 1, 2707 /** 2708 * No relief. 2709 */ 2710 NONE = 2, 2711 } 2712 alias GtkReliefStyle ReliefStyle; 2713 2714 public enum GtkResizeMode 2715 { 2716 /** 2717 * Pass resize request to the parent 2718 */ 2719 PARENT = 0, 2720 /** 2721 * Queue resizes on this widget 2722 */ 2723 QUEUE = 1, 2724 /** 2725 * Resize immediately. Deprecated. 2726 */ 2727 IMMEDIATE = 2, 2728 } 2729 alias GtkResizeMode ResizeMode; 2730 2731 /** 2732 * Predefined values for use as response ids in gtk_dialog_add_button(). 2733 * All predefined values are negative, GTK+ leaves positive values for 2734 * application-defined response ids. 2735 */ 2736 public enum GtkResponseType 2737 { 2738 /** 2739 * Returned if an action widget has no response id, 2740 * or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed 2741 */ 2742 NONE = -1, 2743 /** 2744 * Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs 2745 */ 2746 REJECT = -2, 2747 /** 2748 * Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs 2749 */ 2750 ACCEPT = -3, 2751 /** 2752 * Returned if the dialog is deleted 2753 */ 2754 DELETE_EVENT = -4, 2755 /** 2756 * Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2757 */ 2758 OK = -5, 2759 /** 2760 * Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2761 */ 2762 CANCEL = -6, 2763 /** 2764 * Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2765 */ 2766 CLOSE = -7, 2767 /** 2768 * Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2769 */ 2770 YES = -8, 2771 /** 2772 * Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2773 */ 2774 NO = -9, 2775 /** 2776 * Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2777 */ 2778 APPLY = -10, 2779 /** 2780 * Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2781 */ 2782 HELP = -11, 2783 } 2784 alias GtkResponseType ResponseType; 2785 2786 /** 2787 * These enumeration values describe the possible transitions 2788 * when the child of a #GtkRevealer widget is shown or hidden. 2789 */ 2790 public enum GtkRevealerTransitionType 2791 { 2792 /** 2793 * No transition 2794 */ 2795 NONE = 0, 2796 /** 2797 * Fade in 2798 */ 2799 CROSSFADE = 1, 2800 /** 2801 * Slide in from the left 2802 */ 2803 SLIDE_RIGHT = 2, 2804 /** 2805 * Slide in from the right 2806 */ 2807 SLIDE_LEFT = 3, 2808 /** 2809 * Slide in from the bottom 2810 */ 2811 SLIDE_UP = 4, 2812 /** 2813 * Slide in from the top 2814 */ 2815 SLIDE_DOWN = 5, 2816 } 2817 alias GtkRevealerTransitionType RevealerTransitionType; 2818 2819 public enum GtkScrollStep 2820 { 2821 /** 2822 * Scroll in steps. 2823 */ 2824 STEPS = 0, 2825 /** 2826 * Scroll by pages. 2827 */ 2828 PAGES = 1, 2829 /** 2830 * Scroll to ends. 2831 */ 2832 ENDS = 2, 2833 /** 2834 * Scroll in horizontal steps. 2835 */ 2836 HORIZONTAL_STEPS = 3, 2837 /** 2838 * Scroll by horizontal pages. 2839 */ 2840 HORIZONTAL_PAGES = 4, 2841 /** 2842 * Scroll to the horizontal ends. 2843 */ 2844 HORIZONTAL_ENDS = 5, 2845 } 2846 alias GtkScrollStep ScrollStep; 2847 2848 /** 2849 * Scrolling types. 2850 */ 2851 public enum GtkScrollType 2852 { 2853 /** 2854 * No scrolling. 2855 */ 2856 NONE = 0, 2857 /** 2858 * Jump to new location. 2859 */ 2860 JUMP = 1, 2861 /** 2862 * Step backward. 2863 */ 2864 STEP_BACKWARD = 2, 2865 /** 2866 * Step forward. 2867 */ 2868 STEP_FORWARD = 3, 2869 /** 2870 * Page backward. 2871 */ 2872 PAGE_BACKWARD = 4, 2873 /** 2874 * Page forward. 2875 */ 2876 PAGE_FORWARD = 5, 2877 /** 2878 * Step up. 2879 */ 2880 STEP_UP = 6, 2881 /** 2882 * Step down. 2883 */ 2884 STEP_DOWN = 7, 2885 /** 2886 * Page up. 2887 */ 2888 PAGE_UP = 8, 2889 /** 2890 * Page down. 2891 */ 2892 PAGE_DOWN = 9, 2893 /** 2894 * Step to the left. 2895 */ 2896 STEP_LEFT = 10, 2897 /** 2898 * Step to the right. 2899 */ 2900 STEP_RIGHT = 11, 2901 /** 2902 * Page to the left. 2903 */ 2904 PAGE_LEFT = 12, 2905 /** 2906 * Page to the right. 2907 */ 2908 PAGE_RIGHT = 13, 2909 /** 2910 * Scroll to start. 2911 */ 2912 START = 14, 2913 /** 2914 * Scroll to end. 2915 */ 2916 END = 15, 2917 } 2918 alias GtkScrollType ScrollType; 2919 2920 /** 2921 * Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating 2922 * the scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation. 2923 */ 2924 public enum GtkScrollablePolicy 2925 { 2926 /** 2927 * Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size 2928 */ 2929 MINIMUM = 0, 2930 /** 2931 * Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size 2932 */ 2933 NATURAL = 1, 2934 } 2935 alias GtkScrollablePolicy ScrollablePolicy; 2936 2937 /** 2938 * Used to control what selections users are allowed to make. 2939 */ 2940 public enum GtkSelectionMode 2941 { 2942 /** 2943 * No selection is possible. 2944 */ 2945 NONE = 0, 2946 /** 2947 * Zero or one element may be selected. 2948 */ 2949 SINGLE = 1, 2950 /** 2951 * Exactly one element is selected. 2952 * In some circumstances, such as initially or during a search 2953 * operation, it’s possible for no element to be selected with 2954 * %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. What is really enforced is that the user 2955 * can’t deselect a currently selected element except by selecting 2956 * another element. 2957 */ 2958 BROWSE = 2, 2959 /** 2960 * Any number of elements may be selected. 2961 * The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift 2962 * key to select between the focus and the child pointed to. 2963 * Some widgets may also allow Click-drag to select a range of elements. 2964 */ 2965 MULTIPLE = 3, 2966 } 2967 alias GtkSelectionMode SelectionMode; 2968 2969 /** 2970 * Determines how GTK+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows 2971 * at the end of range widgets. 2972 */ 2973 public enum GtkSensitivityType 2974 { 2975 /** 2976 * The arrow is made insensitive if the 2977 * thumb is at the end 2978 */ 2979 AUTO = 0, 2980 /** 2981 * The arrow is always sensitive 2982 */ 2983 ON = 1, 2984 /** 2985 * The arrow is always insensitive 2986 */ 2987 OFF = 2, 2988 } 2989 alias GtkSensitivityType SensitivityType; 2990 2991 /** 2992 * Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a #GtkFrame. 2993 * 2994 * Note that many themes do not differentiate the appearance of the 2995 * various shadow types: Either their is no visible shadow (@GTK_SHADOW_NONE), 2996 * or there is (any other value). 2997 */ 2998 public enum GtkShadowType 2999 { 3000 /** 3001 * No outline. 3002 */ 3003 NONE = 0, 3004 /** 3005 * The outline is bevelled inwards. 3006 */ 3007 IN = 1, 3008 /** 3009 * The outline is bevelled outwards like a button. 3010 */ 3011 OUT = 2, 3012 /** 3013 * The outline has a sunken 3d appearance. 3014 */ 3015 ETCHED_IN = 3, 3016 /** 3017 * The outline has a raised 3d appearance. 3018 */ 3019 ETCHED_OUT = 4, 3020 } 3021 alias GtkShadowType ShadowType; 3022 3023 /** 3024 * GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being described. 3025 * More values may be added to this enumeration over time. 3026 * 3027 * Since: 3.20 3028 */ 3029 public enum GtkShortcutType 3030 { 3031 /** 3032 * The shortcut is a keyboard accelerator. The #GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator 3033 * property will be used. 3034 */ 3035 ACCELERATOR = 0, 3036 /** 3037 * The shortcut is a pinch gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3038 */ 3039 GESTURE_PINCH = 1, 3040 /** 3041 * The shortcut is a stretch gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3042 */ 3043 GESTURE_STRETCH = 2, 3044 /** 3045 * The shortcut is a clockwise rotation gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3046 */ 3047 GESTURE_ROTATE_CLOCKWISE = 3, 3048 /** 3049 * The shortcut is a counterclockwise rotation gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3050 */ 3051 GESTURE_ROTATE_COUNTERCLOCKWISE = 4, 3052 /** 3053 * The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3054 */ 3055 GESTURE_TWO_FINGER_SWIPE_LEFT = 5, 3056 /** 3057 * The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. 3058 */ 3059 GESTURE_TWO_FINGER_SWIPE_RIGHT = 6, 3060 /** 3061 * The shortcut is a gesture. The #GtkShortcutsShortcut:icon property will be 3062 * used. 3063 */ 3064 GESTURE = 7, 3065 } 3066 alias GtkShortcutType ShortcutType; 3067 3068 /** 3069 * The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size 3070 * group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets. 3071 */ 3072 public enum GtkSizeGroupMode 3073 { 3074 /** 3075 * group has no effect 3076 */ 3077 NONE = 0, 3078 /** 3079 * group affects horizontal requisition 3080 */ 3081 HORIZONTAL = 1, 3082 /** 3083 * group affects vertical requisition 3084 */ 3085 VERTICAL = 2, 3086 /** 3087 * group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition 3088 */ 3089 BOTH = 3, 3090 } 3091 alias GtkSizeGroupMode SizeGroupMode; 3092 3093 /** 3094 * Specifies a preference for height-for-width or 3095 * width-for-height geometry management. 3096 */ 3097 public enum GtkSizeRequestMode 3098 { 3099 /** 3100 * Prefer height-for-width geometry management 3101 */ 3102 HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH = 0, 3103 /** 3104 * Prefer width-for-height geometry management 3105 */ 3106 WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT = 1, 3107 /** 3108 * Don’t trade height-for-width or width-for-height 3109 */ 3110 CONSTANT_SIZE = 2, 3111 } 3112 alias GtkSizeRequestMode SizeRequestMode; 3113 3114 /** 3115 * Determines the direction of a sort. 3116 */ 3117 public enum GtkSortType 3118 { 3119 /** 3120 * Sorting is in ascending order. 3121 */ 3122 ASCENDING = 0, 3123 /** 3124 * Sorting is in descending order. 3125 */ 3126 DESCENDING = 1, 3127 } 3128 alias GtkSortType SortType; 3129 3130 /** 3131 * The spin button update policy determines whether the spin button displays 3132 * values even if they are outside the bounds of its adjustment. 3133 * See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(). 3134 */ 3135 public enum GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy 3136 { 3137 /** 3138 * When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is 3139 * always displayed 3140 */ 3141 ALWAYS = 0, 3142 /** 3143 * When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is 3144 * only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's 3145 * adjustment 3146 */ 3147 IF_VALID = 1, 3148 } 3149 alias GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy SpinButtonUpdatePolicy; 3150 3151 /** 3152 * The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the 3153 * change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin(). 3154 */ 3155 public enum GtkSpinType 3156 { 3157 /** 3158 * Increment by the adjustments step increment. 3159 */ 3160 STEP_FORWARD = 0, 3161 /** 3162 * Decrement by the adjustments step increment. 3163 */ 3164 STEP_BACKWARD = 1, 3165 /** 3166 * Increment by the adjustments page increment. 3167 */ 3168 PAGE_FORWARD = 2, 3169 /** 3170 * Decrement by the adjustments page increment. 3171 */ 3172 PAGE_BACKWARD = 3, 3173 /** 3174 * Go to the adjustments lower bound. 3175 */ 3176 HOME = 4, 3177 /** 3178 * Go to the adjustments upper bound. 3179 */ 3180 END = 5, 3181 /** 3182 * Change by a specified amount. 3183 */ 3184 USER_DEFINED = 6, 3185 } 3186 alias GtkSpinType SpinType; 3187 3188 /** 3189 * These enumeration values describe the possible transitions 3190 * between pages in a #GtkStack widget. 3191 * 3192 * New values may be added to this enumeration over time. 3193 */ 3194 public enum GtkStackTransitionType 3195 { 3196 /** 3197 * No transition 3198 */ 3199 NONE = 0, 3200 /** 3201 * A cross-fade 3202 */ 3203 CROSSFADE = 1, 3204 /** 3205 * Slide from left to right 3206 */ 3207 SLIDE_RIGHT = 2, 3208 /** 3209 * Slide from right to left 3210 */ 3211 SLIDE_LEFT = 3, 3212 /** 3213 * Slide from bottom up 3214 */ 3215 SLIDE_UP = 4, 3216 /** 3217 * Slide from top down 3218 */ 3219 SLIDE_DOWN = 5, 3220 /** 3221 * Slide from left or right according to the children order 3222 */ 3223 SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT = 6, 3224 /** 3225 * Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order 3226 */ 3227 SLIDE_UP_DOWN = 7, 3228 /** 3229 * Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12 3230 */ 3231 OVER_UP = 8, 3232 /** 3233 * Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 3234 */ 3235 OVER_DOWN = 9, 3236 /** 3237 * Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 3238 */ 3239 OVER_LEFT = 10, 3240 /** 3241 * Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 3242 */ 3243 OVER_RIGHT = 11, 3244 /** 3245 * Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12 3246 */ 3247 UNDER_UP = 12, 3248 /** 3249 * Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 3250 */ 3251 UNDER_DOWN = 13, 3252 /** 3253 * Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 3254 */ 3255 UNDER_LEFT = 14, 3256 /** 3257 * Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 3258 */ 3259 UNDER_RIGHT = 15, 3260 /** 3261 * Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to order. Since: 3.12 3262 */ 3263 OVER_UP_DOWN = 16, 3264 /** 3265 * Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to order. Since: 3.14 3266 */ 3267 OVER_DOWN_UP = 17, 3268 /** 3269 * Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to order. Since: 3.14 3270 */ 3271 OVER_LEFT_RIGHT = 18, 3272 /** 3273 * Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to order. Since: 3.14 3274 */ 3275 OVER_RIGHT_LEFT = 19, 3276 } 3277 alias GtkStackTransitionType StackTransitionType; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget 3281 * against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS 3282 * classes and sometimes uses different names. 3283 */ 3284 public enum GtkStateFlags 3285 { 3286 /** 3287 * State during normal operation. 3288 */ 3289 NORMAL = 0, 3290 /** 3291 * Widget is active. 3292 */ 3293 ACTIVE = 1, 3294 /** 3295 * Widget has a mouse pointer over it. 3296 */ 3297 PRELIGHT = 2, 3298 /** 3299 * Widget is selected. 3300 */ 3301 SELECTED = 4, 3302 /** 3303 * Widget is insensitive. 3304 */ 3305 INSENSITIVE = 8, 3306 /** 3307 * Widget is inconsistent. 3308 */ 3309 INCONSISTENT = 16, 3310 /** 3311 * Widget has the keyboard focus. 3312 */ 3313 FOCUSED = 32, 3314 /** 3315 * Widget is in a background toplevel window. 3316 */ 3317 BACKDROP = 64, 3318 /** 3319 * Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8 3320 */ 3321 DIR_LTR = 128, 3322 /** 3323 * Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8 3324 */ 3325 DIR_RTL = 256, 3326 /** 3327 * Widget is a link. Since 3.12 3328 */ 3329 LINK = 512, 3330 /** 3331 * The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12 3332 */ 3333 VISITED = 1024, 3334 /** 3335 * Widget is checked. Since 3.14 3336 */ 3337 CHECKED = 2048, 3338 /** 3339 * Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND. Since 3.20 3340 */ 3341 DROP_ACTIVE = 4096, 3342 } 3343 alias GtkStateFlags StateFlags; 3344 3345 /** 3346 * This type indicates the current state of a widget; the state determines how 3347 * the widget is drawn. The #GtkStateType enumeration is also used to 3348 * identify different colors in a #GtkStyle for drawing, so states can be 3349 * used for subparts of a widget as well as entire widgets. 3350 * 3351 * Deprecated: All APIs that are using this enumeration have been deprecated 3352 * in favor of alternatives using #GtkStateFlags. 3353 */ 3354 public enum GtkStateType 3355 { 3356 /** 3357 * State during normal operation. 3358 */ 3359 NORMAL = 0, 3360 /** 3361 * State of a currently active widget, such as a depressed button. 3362 */ 3363 ACTIVE = 1, 3364 /** 3365 * State indicating that the mouse pointer is over 3366 * the widget and the widget will respond to mouse clicks. 3367 */ 3368 PRELIGHT = 2, 3369 /** 3370 * State of a selected item, such the selected row in a list. 3371 */ 3372 SELECTED = 3, 3373 /** 3374 * State indicating that the widget is 3375 * unresponsive to user actions. 3376 */ 3377 INSENSITIVE = 4, 3378 /** 3379 * The widget is inconsistent, such as checkbuttons 3380 * or radiobuttons that aren’t either set to %TRUE nor %FALSE, 3381 * or buttons requiring the user attention. 3382 */ 3383 INCONSISTENT = 5, 3384 /** 3385 * The widget has the keyboard focus. 3386 */ 3387 FOCUSED = 6, 3388 } 3389 alias GtkStateType StateType; 3390 3391 /** 3392 * Flags that modify the behavior of gtk_style_context_to_string(). 3393 * New values may be added to this enumeration. 3394 */ 3395 public enum GtkStyleContextPrintFlags 3396 { 3397 NONE = 0, 3398 /** 3399 * Print the entire tree of 3400 * CSS nodes starting at the style context's node 3401 */ 3402 RECURSE = 1, 3403 /** 3404 * Show the values of the 3405 * CSS properties for each node 3406 */ 3407 SHOW_STYLE = 2, 3408 } 3409 alias GtkStyleContextPrintFlags StyleContextPrintFlags; 3410 3411 /** 3412 * The #GtkTargetFlags enumeration is used to specify 3413 * constraints on a #GtkTargetEntry. 3414 */ 3415 public enum GtkTargetFlags 3416 { 3417 /** 3418 * If this is set, the target will only be selected 3419 * for drags within a single application. 3420 */ 3421 SAME_APP = 1, 3422 /** 3423 * If this is set, the target will only be selected 3424 * for drags within a single widget. 3425 */ 3426 SAME_WIDGET = 2, 3427 /** 3428 * If this is set, the target will not be selected 3429 * for drags within a single application. 3430 */ 3431 OTHER_APP = 4, 3432 /** 3433 * If this is set, the target will not be selected 3434 * for drags withing a single widget. 3435 */ 3436 OTHER_WIDGET = 8, 3437 } 3438 alias GtkTargetFlags TargetFlags; 3439 3440 /** 3441 * These values are used as “info” for the targets contained in the 3442 * lists returned by gtk_text_buffer_get_copy_target_list() and 3443 * gtk_text_buffer_get_paste_target_list(). 3444 * 3445 * The values counts down from `-1` to avoid clashes 3446 * with application added drag destinations which usually start at 0. 3447 */ 3448 public enum GtkTextBufferTargetInfo 3449 { 3450 /** 3451 * Buffer contents 3452 */ 3453 BUFFER_CONTENTS = -1, 3454 /** 3455 * Rich text 3456 */ 3457 RICH_TEXT = -2, 3458 /** 3459 * Text 3460 */ 3461 TEXT = -3, 3462 } 3463 alias GtkTextBufferTargetInfo TextBufferTargetInfo; 3464 3465 /** 3466 * Reading directions for text. 3467 */ 3468 public enum GtkTextDirection 3469 { 3470 /** 3471 * No direction. 3472 */ 3473 NONE = 0, 3474 /** 3475 * Left to right text direction. 3476 */ 3477 LTR = 1, 3478 /** 3479 * Right to left text direction. 3480 */ 3481 RTL = 2, 3482 } 3483 alias GtkTextDirection TextDirection; 3484 3485 /** 3486 * Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the 3487 * #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection. 3488 * 3489 * Since: 3.16 3490 */ 3491 public enum GtkTextExtendSelection 3492 { 3493 /** 3494 * Selects the current word. It is triggered by 3495 * a double-click for example. 3496 */ 3497 WORD = 0, 3498 /** 3499 * Selects the current line. It is triggered by 3500 * a triple-click for example. 3501 */ 3502 LINE = 1, 3503 } 3504 alias GtkTextExtendSelection TextExtendSelection; 3505 3506 /** 3507 * Flags affecting how a search is done. 3508 * 3509 * If neither #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY nor #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY are 3510 * enabled, the match must be exact; the special 0xFFFC character will match 3511 * embedded pixbufs or child widgets. 3512 */ 3513 public enum GtkTextSearchFlags 3514 { 3515 /** 3516 * Search only visible data. A search match may 3517 * have invisible text interspersed. 3518 */ 3519 VISIBLE_ONLY = 1, 3520 /** 3521 * Search only text. A match may have pixbufs or 3522 * child widgets mixed inside the matched range. 3523 */ 3524 TEXT_ONLY = 2, 3525 /** 3526 * The text will be matched regardless of 3527 * what case it is in. 3528 */ 3529 CASE_INSENSITIVE = 4, 3530 } 3531 alias GtkTextSearchFlags TextSearchFlags; 3532 3533 /** 3534 * Used to reference the layers of #GtkTextView for the purpose of customized 3535 * drawing with the ::draw_layer vfunc. 3536 */ 3537 public enum GtkTextViewLayer 3538 { 3539 /** 3540 * Old deprecated layer, use %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT instead 3541 */ 3542 BELOW = 0, 3543 /** 3544 * Old deprecated layer, use %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT instead 3545 */ 3546 ABOVE = 1, 3547 /** 3548 * The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). Since: 3.20 3549 */ 3550 BELOW_TEXT = 2, 3551 /** 3552 * The layer rendered above the text. Since: 3.20 3553 */ 3554 ABOVE_TEXT = 3, 3555 } 3556 alias GtkTextViewLayer TextViewLayer; 3557 3558 /** 3559 * Used to reference the parts of #GtkTextView. 3560 */ 3561 public enum GtkTextWindowType 3562 { 3563 PRIVATE = 0, 3564 /** 3565 * Window that floats over scrolling areas. 3566 */ 3567 WIDGET = 1, 3568 /** 3569 * Scrollable text window. 3570 */ 3571 TEXT = 2, 3572 /** 3573 * Left side border window. 3574 */ 3575 LEFT = 3, 3576 /** 3577 * Right side border window. 3578 */ 3579 RIGHT = 4, 3580 /** 3581 * Top border window. 3582 */ 3583 TOP = 5, 3584 /** 3585 * Bottom border window. 3586 */ 3587 BOTTOM = 6, 3588 } 3589 alias GtkTextWindowType TextWindowType; 3590 3591 /** 3592 * Flags used to specify the supported drag targets. 3593 */ 3594 public enum GtkToolPaletteDragTargets 3595 { 3596 /** 3597 * Support drag of items. 3598 */ 3599 ITEMS = 1, 3600 /** 3601 * Support drag of groups. 3602 */ 3603 GROUPS = 2, 3604 } 3605 alias GtkToolPaletteDragTargets ToolPaletteDragTargets; 3606 3607 /** 3608 * Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank. 3609 */ 3610 public enum GtkToolbarSpaceStyle 3611 { 3612 /** 3613 * Use blank spacers. 3614 */ 3615 EMPTY = 0, 3616 /** 3617 * Use vertical lines for spacers. 3618 */ 3619 LINE = 1, 3620 } 3621 alias GtkToolbarSpaceStyle ToolbarSpaceStyle; 3622 3623 /** 3624 * Used to customize the appearance of a #GtkToolbar. Note that 3625 * setting the toolbar style overrides the user’s preferences 3626 * for the default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only 3627 * a label set and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be 3628 * visible, and vice versa. 3629 */ 3630 public enum GtkToolbarStyle 3631 { 3632 /** 3633 * Buttons display only icons in the toolbar. 3634 */ 3635 ICONS = 0, 3636 /** 3637 * Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar. 3638 */ 3639 TEXT = 1, 3640 /** 3641 * Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar. 3642 */ 3643 BOTH = 2, 3644 /** 3645 * Buttons display icons and text alongside each 3646 * other, rather than vertically stacked 3647 */ 3648 BOTH_HORIZ = 3, 3649 } 3650 alias GtkToolbarStyle ToolbarStyle; 3651 3652 /** 3653 * These flags indicate various properties of a #GtkTreeModel. 3654 * 3655 * They are returned by gtk_tree_model_get_flags(), and must be 3656 * static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description 3657 * of #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of 3658 * this section. 3659 */ 3660 public enum GtkTreeModelFlags 3661 { 3662 /** 3663 * iterators survive all signals 3664 * emitted by the tree 3665 */ 3666 ITERS_PERSIST = 1, 3667 /** 3668 * the model is a list only, and never 3669 * has children 3670 */ 3671 LIST_ONLY = 2, 3672 } 3673 alias GtkTreeModelFlags TreeModelFlags; 3674 3675 /** 3676 * The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note 3677 * that @GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE are inefficient for large views, and 3678 * can make columns appear choppy. 3679 */ 3680 public enum GtkTreeViewColumnSizing 3681 { 3682 /** 3683 * Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model 3684 */ 3685 GROW_ONLY = 0, 3686 /** 3687 * Columns resize to be the optimal size everytime the model changes. 3688 */ 3689 AUTOSIZE = 1, 3690 /** 3691 * Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide. 3692 */ 3693 FIXED = 2, 3694 } 3695 alias GtkTreeViewColumnSizing TreeViewColumnSizing; 3696 3697 /** 3698 * An enum for determining where a dropped row goes. 3699 */ 3700 public enum GtkTreeViewDropPosition 3701 { 3702 /** 3703 * dropped row is inserted before 3704 */ 3705 BEFORE = 0, 3706 /** 3707 * dropped row is inserted after 3708 */ 3709 AFTER = 1, 3710 /** 3711 * dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before 3712 */ 3713 INTO_OR_BEFORE = 2, 3714 /** 3715 * dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after 3716 */ 3717 INTO_OR_AFTER = 3, 3718 } 3719 alias GtkTreeViewDropPosition TreeViewDropPosition; 3720 3721 /** 3722 * Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view. 3723 */ 3724 public enum GtkTreeViewGridLines 3725 { 3726 /** 3727 * No grid lines. 3728 */ 3729 NONE = 0, 3730 /** 3731 * Horizontal grid lines. 3732 */ 3733 HORIZONTAL = 1, 3734 /** 3735 * Vertical grid lines. 3736 */ 3737 VERTICAL = 2, 3738 /** 3739 * Horizontal and vertical grid lines. 3740 */ 3741 BOTH = 3, 3742 } 3743 alias GtkTreeViewGridLines TreeViewGridLines; 3744 3745 /** 3746 * These enumeration values are used by gtk_ui_manager_add_ui() to determine 3747 * what UI element to create. 3748 */ 3749 public enum GtkUIManagerItemType 3750 { 3751 /** 3752 * Pick the type of the UI element according to context. 3753 */ 3754 AUTO = 0, 3755 /** 3756 * Create a menubar. 3757 */ 3758 MENUBAR = 1, 3759 /** 3760 * Create a menu. 3761 */ 3762 MENU = 2, 3763 /** 3764 * Create a toolbar. 3765 */ 3766 TOOLBAR = 4, 3767 /** 3768 * Insert a placeholder. 3769 */ 3770 PLACEHOLDER = 8, 3771 /** 3772 * Create a popup menu. 3773 */ 3774 POPUP = 16, 3775 /** 3776 * Create a menuitem. 3777 */ 3778 MENUITEM = 32, 3779 /** 3780 * Create a toolitem. 3781 */ 3782 TOOLITEM = 64, 3783 /** 3784 * Create a separator. 3785 */ 3786 SEPARATOR = 128, 3787 /** 3788 * Install an accelerator. 3789 */ 3790 ACCELERATOR = 256, 3791 /** 3792 * Same as %GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP, but the 3793 * actions’ accelerators are shown. 3794 */ 3795 POPUP_WITH_ACCELS = 512, 3796 } 3797 alias GtkUIManagerItemType UIManagerItemType; 3798 3799 /** 3800 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width(). 3801 */ 3802 public enum GtkUnit 3803 { 3804 /** 3805 * No units. 3806 */ 3807 NONE = 0, 3808 /** 3809 * Dimensions in points. 3810 */ 3811 POINTS = 1, 3812 /** 3813 * Dimensions in inches. 3814 */ 3815 INCH = 2, 3816 /** 3817 * Dimensions in millimeters 3818 */ 3819 MM = 3, 3820 } 3821 alias GtkUnit Unit; 3822 3823 /** 3824 * Kinds of widget-specific help. Used by the ::show-help signal. 3825 */ 3826 public enum GtkWidgetHelpType 3827 { 3828 /** 3829 * Tooltip. 3830 */ 3831 TOOLTIP = 0, 3832 /** 3833 * What’s this. 3834 */ 3835 WHATS_THIS = 1, 3836 } 3837 alias GtkWidgetHelpType WidgetHelpType; 3838 3839 /** 3840 * Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that 3841 * using #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS is almost always a bad idea. 3842 * It won’t necessarily work well with all window managers or on all windowing systems. 3843 */ 3844 public enum GtkWindowPosition 3845 { 3846 /** 3847 * No influence is made on placement. 3848 */ 3849 NONE = 0, 3850 /** 3851 * Windows should be placed in the center of the screen. 3852 */ 3853 CENTER = 1, 3854 /** 3855 * Windows should be placed at the current mouse position. 3856 */ 3857 MOUSE = 2, 3858 /** 3859 * Keep window centered as it changes size, etc. 3860 */ 3861 CENTER_ALWAYS = 3, 3862 /** 3863 * Center the window on its transient 3864 * parent (see gtk_window_set_transient_for()). 3865 */ 3866 CENTER_ON_PARENT = 4, 3867 } 3868 alias GtkWindowPosition WindowPosition; 3869 3870 /** 3871 * A #GtkWindow can be one of these types. Most things you’d consider a 3872 * “window” should have type #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; windows with this type 3873 * are managed by the window manager and have a frame by default (call 3874 * gtk_window_set_decorated() to toggle the frame). Windows with type 3875 * #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP are ignored by the window manager; window manager 3876 * keybindings won’t work on them, the window manager won’t decorate the 3877 * window with a frame, many GTK+ features that rely on the window 3878 * manager will not work (e.g. resize grips and 3879 * maximization/minimization). #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is used to implement 3880 * widgets such as #GtkMenu or tooltips that you normally don’t think of 3881 * as windows per se. Nearly all windows should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. 3882 * In particular, do not use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP just to turn off 3883 * the window borders; use gtk_window_set_decorated() for that. 3884 */ 3885 public enum GtkWindowType 3886 { 3887 /** 3888 * A regular window, such as a dialog. 3889 */ 3890 TOPLEVEL = 0, 3891 /** 3892 * A special window such as a tooltip. 3893 */ 3894 POPUP = 1, 3895 } 3896 alias GtkWindowType WindowType; 3897 3898 /** 3899 * Describes a type of line wrapping. 3900 */ 3901 public enum GtkWrapMode 3902 { 3903 /** 3904 * do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider 3905 */ 3906 NONE = 0, 3907 /** 3908 * wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can 3909 * appear (between characters, usually - if you want to be technical, 3910 * between graphemes, see pango_get_log_attrs()) 3911 */ 3912 CHAR = 1, 3913 /** 3914 * wrap text, breaking lines in between words 3915 */ 3916 WORD = 2, 3917 /** 3918 * wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if 3919 * that is not enough, also between graphemes 3920 */ 3921 WORD_CHAR = 3, 3922 } 3923 alias GtkWrapMode WrapMode; 3924 3925 struct GtkAboutDialog 3926 { 3927 GtkDialog parentInstance; 3928 GtkAboutDialogPrivate* priv; 3929 } 3930 3931 struct GtkAboutDialogClass 3932 { 3933 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 3934 /** */ 3935 extern(C) int function(GtkAboutDialog* dialog, const(char)* uri) activateLink; 3936 /** */ 3937 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3938 /** */ 3939 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3940 /** */ 3941 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3942 /** */ 3943 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3944 } 3945 3946 struct GtkAboutDialogPrivate; 3947 3948 struct GtkAccelGroup 3949 { 3950 GObject parent; 3951 GtkAccelGroupPrivate* priv; 3952 } 3953 3954 struct GtkAccelGroupClass 3955 { 3956 /** 3957 * The parent class. 3958 */ 3959 GObjectClass parentClass; 3960 /** */ 3961 extern(C) void function(GtkAccelGroup* accelGroup, uint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, GClosure* accelClosure) accelChanged; 3962 /** */ 3963 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3964 /** */ 3965 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3966 /** */ 3967 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3968 /** */ 3969 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3970 } 3971 3972 struct GtkAccelGroupEntry 3973 { 3974 GtkAccelKey key; 3975 GClosure* closure; 3976 GQuark accelPathQuark; 3977 } 3978 3979 struct GtkAccelGroupPrivate; 3980 3981 struct GtkAccelKey 3982 { 3983 /** 3984 * The accelerator keyval 3985 */ 3986 uint accelKey; 3987 /** 3988 * The accelerator modifiers 3989 */ 3990 GdkModifierType accelMods; 3991 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 3992 mixin(bitfields!( 3993 uint, "accelFlags", 16, 3994 uint, "", 16 3995 )); 3996 } 3997 3998 struct GtkAccelLabel 3999 { 4000 GtkLabel label; 4001 GtkAccelLabelPrivate* priv; 4002 } 4003 4004 struct GtkAccelLabelClass 4005 { 4006 GtkLabelClass parentClass; 4007 char* signalQuote1; 4008 char* signalQuote2; 4009 char* modNameShift; 4010 char* modNameControl; 4011 char* modNameAlt; 4012 char* modSeparator; 4013 /** */ 4014 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4015 /** */ 4016 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4017 /** */ 4018 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4019 /** */ 4020 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4021 } 4022 4023 struct GtkAccelLabelPrivate; 4024 4025 struct GtkAccelMap; 4026 4027 struct GtkAccelMapClass; 4028 4029 struct GtkAccessible 4030 { 4031 AtkObject parent; 4032 GtkAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4033 } 4034 4035 struct GtkAccessibleClass 4036 { 4037 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 4038 /** */ 4039 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) connectWidgetDestroyed; 4040 /** */ 4041 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) widgetSet; 4042 /** */ 4043 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) widgetUnset; 4044 /** */ 4045 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4046 /** */ 4047 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4048 } 4049 4050 struct GtkAccessiblePrivate; 4051 4052 struct GtkAction 4053 { 4054 GObject object; 4055 GtkActionPrivate* privateData; 4056 } 4057 4058 struct GtkActionBar 4059 { 4060 GtkBin bin; 4061 } 4062 4063 struct GtkActionBarClass 4064 { 4065 GtkBinClass parentClass; 4066 /** */ 4067 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4068 /** */ 4069 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4070 /** */ 4071 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4072 /** */ 4073 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4074 } 4075 4076 struct GtkActionBarPrivate; 4077 4078 struct GtkActionClass 4079 { 4080 /** 4081 * The parent class. 4082 */ 4083 GObjectClass parentClass; 4084 /** */ 4085 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action) activate; 4086 GType menuItemType; 4087 GType toolbarItemType; 4088 /** 4089 * 4090 * Params: 4091 * action = the action object 4092 * Return: a menu item connected to the action. 4093 */ 4094 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createMenuItem; 4095 /** 4096 * 4097 * Params: 4098 * action = the action object 4099 * Return: a toolbar item connected to the action. 4100 */ 4101 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createToolItem; 4102 /** */ 4103 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) connectProxy; 4104 /** */ 4105 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) disconnectProxy; 4106 /** 4107 * 4108 * Params: 4109 * action = a #GtkAction 4110 * Return: the menu item provided by the 4111 * action, or %NULL. 4112 */ 4113 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createMenu; 4114 /** */ 4115 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4116 /** */ 4117 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4118 /** */ 4119 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4120 /** */ 4121 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4122 } 4123 4124 /** 4125 * #GtkActionEntry structs are used with gtk_action_group_add_actions() to 4126 * construct actions. 4127 */ 4128 struct GtkActionEntry 4129 { 4130 /** 4131 * The name of the action. 4132 */ 4133 const(char)* name; 4134 /** 4135 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 4136 * icon theme. 4137 */ 4138 const(char)* stockId; 4139 /** 4140 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 4141 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). If 4142 * @label is %NULL, the label of the stock item with id @stock_id is used. 4143 */ 4144 const(char)* label; 4145 /** 4146 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 4147 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 4148 */ 4149 const(char)* accelerator; 4150 /** 4151 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 4152 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 4153 */ 4154 const(char)* tooltip; 4155 /** 4156 * The function to call when the action is activated. 4157 */ 4158 GCallback callback; 4159 } 4160 4161 struct GtkActionGroup 4162 { 4163 GObject parent; 4164 GtkActionGroupPrivate* priv; 4165 } 4166 4167 struct GtkActionGroupClass 4168 { 4169 /** 4170 * The parent class. 4171 */ 4172 GObjectClass parentClass; 4173 /** 4174 * 4175 * Params: 4176 * actionGroup = the action group 4177 * actionName = the name of the action 4178 * Return: the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists 4179 */ 4180 extern(C) GtkAction* function(GtkActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getAction; 4181 /** */ 4182 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4183 /** */ 4184 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4185 /** */ 4186 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4187 /** */ 4188 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4189 } 4190 4191 struct GtkActionGroupPrivate; 4192 4193 struct GtkActionPrivate; 4194 4195 struct GtkActionable; 4196 4197 /** 4198 * The interface vtable for #GtkActionable. 4199 */ 4200 struct GtkActionableInterface 4201 { 4202 GTypeInterface gIface; 4203 /** 4204 * 4205 * Params: 4206 * actionable = a #GtkActionable widget 4207 * Return: the action name, or %NULL if none is set 4208 */ 4209 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkActionable* actionable) getActionName; 4210 /** */ 4211 extern(C) void function(GtkActionable* actionable, const(char)* actionName) setActionName; 4212 /** 4213 * 4214 * Params: 4215 * actionable = a #GtkActionable widget 4216 * Return: the current target value 4217 */ 4218 extern(C) GVariant* function(GtkActionable* actionable) getActionTargetValue; 4219 /** */ 4220 extern(C) void function(GtkActionable* actionable, GVariant* targetValue) setActionTargetValue; 4221 } 4222 4223 struct GtkActivatable; 4224 4225 /** 4226 * > This method can be called with a %NULL action at times. 4227 * 4228 * Since: 2.16 4229 */ 4230 struct GtkActivatableIface 4231 { 4232 GTypeInterface gIface; 4233 /** */ 4234 extern(C) void function(GtkActivatable* activatable, GtkAction* action, const(char)* propertyName) update; 4235 /** */ 4236 extern(C) void function(GtkActivatable* activatable, GtkAction* action) syncActionProperties; 4237 } 4238 4239 struct GtkAdjustment 4240 { 4241 GObject parentInstance; 4242 GtkAdjustmentPrivate* priv; 4243 } 4244 4245 struct GtkAdjustmentClass 4246 { 4247 GObjectClass parentClass; 4248 /** */ 4249 extern(C) void function(GtkAdjustment* adjustment) changed; 4250 /** */ 4251 extern(C) void function(GtkAdjustment* adjustment) valueChanged; 4252 /** */ 4253 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4254 /** */ 4255 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4256 /** */ 4257 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4258 /** */ 4259 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4260 } 4261 4262 struct GtkAdjustmentPrivate; 4263 4264 struct GtkAlignment 4265 { 4266 GtkBin bin; 4267 GtkAlignmentPrivate* priv; 4268 } 4269 4270 struct GtkAlignmentClass 4271 { 4272 /** 4273 * The parent class. 4274 */ 4275 GtkBinClass parentClass; 4276 /** */ 4277 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4278 /** */ 4279 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4280 /** */ 4281 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4282 /** */ 4283 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4284 } 4285 4286 struct GtkAlignmentPrivate; 4287 4288 struct GtkAppChooser; 4289 4290 struct GtkAppChooserButton 4291 { 4292 GtkComboBox parent; 4293 GtkAppChooserButtonPrivate* priv; 4294 } 4295 4296 struct GtkAppChooserButtonClass 4297 { 4298 /** 4299 * The parent class. 4300 */ 4301 GtkComboBoxClass parentClass; 4302 /** */ 4303 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserButton* self, const(char)* itemName) customItemActivated; 4304 void*[16] padding; 4305 } 4306 4307 struct GtkAppChooserButtonPrivate; 4308 4309 struct GtkAppChooserDialog 4310 { 4311 GtkDialog parent; 4312 GtkAppChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 4313 } 4314 4315 struct GtkAppChooserDialogClass 4316 { 4317 /** 4318 * The parent class. 4319 */ 4320 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 4321 void*[16] padding; 4322 } 4323 4324 struct GtkAppChooserDialogPrivate; 4325 4326 struct GtkAppChooserWidget 4327 { 4328 GtkBox parent; 4329 GtkAppChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 4330 } 4331 4332 struct GtkAppChooserWidgetClass 4333 { 4334 /** 4335 * The parent class. 4336 */ 4337 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 4338 /** */ 4339 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GAppInfo* appInfo) applicationSelected; 4340 /** */ 4341 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GAppInfo* appInfo) applicationActivated; 4342 /** */ 4343 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GtkMenu* menu, GAppInfo* appInfo) populatePopup; 4344 void*[16] padding; 4345 } 4346 4347 struct GtkAppChooserWidgetPrivate; 4348 4349 struct GtkApplication 4350 { 4351 GApplication parent; 4352 GtkApplicationPrivate* priv; 4353 } 4354 4355 struct GtkApplicationClass 4356 { 4357 /** 4358 * The parent class. 4359 */ 4360 GApplicationClass parentClass; 4361 /** */ 4362 extern(C) void function(GtkApplication* application, GtkWindow* window) windowAdded; 4363 /** */ 4364 extern(C) void function(GtkApplication* application, GtkWindow* window) windowRemoved; 4365 void*[12] padding; 4366 } 4367 4368 struct GtkApplicationPrivate; 4369 4370 struct GtkApplicationWindow 4371 { 4372 GtkWindow parentInstance; 4373 GtkApplicationWindowPrivate* priv; 4374 } 4375 4376 struct GtkApplicationWindowClass 4377 { 4378 /** 4379 * The parent class. 4380 */ 4381 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 4382 void*[14] padding; 4383 } 4384 4385 struct GtkApplicationWindowPrivate; 4386 4387 struct GtkArrow 4388 { 4389 GtkMisc misc; 4390 GtkArrowPrivate* priv; 4391 } 4392 4393 struct GtkArrowAccessible 4394 { 4395 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 4396 GtkArrowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4397 } 4398 4399 struct GtkArrowAccessibleClass 4400 { 4401 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 4402 } 4403 4404 struct GtkArrowAccessiblePrivate; 4405 4406 struct GtkArrowClass 4407 { 4408 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 4409 /** */ 4410 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4411 /** */ 4412 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4413 /** */ 4414 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4415 /** */ 4416 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4417 } 4418 4419 struct GtkArrowPrivate; 4420 4421 struct GtkAspectFrame 4422 { 4423 GtkFrame frame; 4424 GtkAspectFramePrivate* priv; 4425 } 4426 4427 struct GtkAspectFrameClass 4428 { 4429 /** 4430 * The parent class. 4431 */ 4432 GtkFrameClass parentClass; 4433 /** */ 4434 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4435 /** */ 4436 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4437 /** */ 4438 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4439 /** */ 4440 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4441 } 4442 4443 struct GtkAspectFramePrivate; 4444 4445 struct GtkAssistant 4446 { 4447 GtkWindow parent; 4448 GtkAssistantPrivate* priv; 4449 } 4450 4451 struct GtkAssistantClass 4452 { 4453 /** 4454 * The parent class. 4455 */ 4456 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 4457 /** */ 4458 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant, GtkWidget* page) prepare; 4459 /** */ 4460 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) apply; 4461 /** */ 4462 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) close; 4463 /** */ 4464 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) cancel; 4465 /** */ 4466 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4467 /** */ 4468 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4469 /** */ 4470 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4471 /** */ 4472 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4473 /** */ 4474 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4475 } 4476 4477 struct GtkAssistantPrivate; 4478 4479 struct GtkBin 4480 { 4481 GtkContainer container; 4482 GtkBinPrivate* priv; 4483 } 4484 4485 struct GtkBinClass 4486 { 4487 /** 4488 * The parent class. 4489 */ 4490 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 4491 /** */ 4492 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4493 /** */ 4494 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4495 /** */ 4496 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4497 /** */ 4498 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4499 } 4500 4501 struct GtkBinPrivate; 4502 4503 /** 4504 * A #GtkBindingArg holds the data associated with 4505 * an argument for a key binding signal emission as 4506 * stored in #GtkBindingSignal. 4507 */ 4508 struct GtkBindingArg 4509 { 4510 /** 4511 * implementation detail 4512 */ 4513 GType argType; 4514 union D 4515 { 4516 glong longData; 4517 double doubleData; 4518 char* stringData; 4519 } 4520 D d; 4521 } 4522 4523 /** 4524 * Each key binding element of a binding sets binding list is 4525 * represented by a GtkBindingEntry. 4526 */ 4527 struct GtkBindingEntry 4528 { 4529 /** 4530 * key value to match 4531 */ 4532 uint keyval; 4533 /** 4534 * key modifiers to match 4535 */ 4536 GdkModifierType modifiers; 4537 /** 4538 * binding set this entry belongs to 4539 */ 4540 GtkBindingSet* bindingSet; 4541 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 4542 mixin(bitfields!( 4543 uint, "destroyed", 1, 4544 uint, "inEmission", 1, 4545 uint, "marksUnbound", 1, 4546 uint, "", 29 4547 )); 4548 /** 4549 * linked list of entries maintained by binding set 4550 */ 4551 GtkBindingEntry* setNext; 4552 /** 4553 * implementation detail 4554 */ 4555 GtkBindingEntry* hashNext; 4556 /** 4557 * action signals of this entry 4558 */ 4559 GtkBindingSignal* signals; 4560 } 4561 4562 struct GtkBindingSet 4563 { 4564 /** 4565 * unique name of this binding set 4566 */ 4567 char* setName; 4568 /** 4569 * unused 4570 */ 4571 int priority; 4572 /** 4573 * unused 4574 */ 4575 GSList* widgetPathPspecs; 4576 /** 4577 * unused 4578 */ 4579 GSList* widgetClassPspecs; 4580 /** 4581 * unused 4582 */ 4583 GSList* classBranchPspecs; 4584 /** 4585 * the key binding entries in this binding set 4586 */ 4587 GtkBindingEntry* entries; 4588 /** 4589 * implementation detail 4590 */ 4591 GtkBindingEntry* current; 4592 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 4593 mixin(bitfields!( 4594 uint, "parsed", 1, 4595 uint, "", 31 4596 )); 4597 } 4598 4599 /** 4600 * A GtkBindingSignal stores the necessary information to 4601 * activate a widget in response to a key press via a signal 4602 * emission. 4603 */ 4604 struct GtkBindingSignal 4605 { 4606 /** 4607 * implementation detail 4608 */ 4609 GtkBindingSignal* next; 4610 /** 4611 * the action signal to be emitted 4612 */ 4613 char* signalName; 4614 /** 4615 * number of arguments specified for the signal 4616 */ 4617 uint nArgs; 4618 /** 4619 * the arguments specified for the signal 4620 */ 4621 GtkBindingArg* args; 4622 } 4623 4624 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessible 4625 { 4626 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 4627 GtkBooleanCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4628 } 4629 4630 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessibleClass 4631 { 4632 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 4633 } 4634 4635 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessiblePrivate; 4636 4637 struct GtkBorder 4638 { 4639 /** 4640 * The width of the left border 4641 */ 4642 short left; 4643 /** 4644 * The width of the right border 4645 */ 4646 short right; 4647 /** 4648 * The width of the top border 4649 */ 4650 short top; 4651 /** 4652 * The width of the bottom border 4653 */ 4654 short bottom; 4655 } 4656 4657 struct GtkBox 4658 { 4659 GtkContainer container; 4660 GtkBoxPrivate* priv; 4661 } 4662 4663 struct GtkBoxClass 4664 { 4665 /** 4666 * The parent class. 4667 */ 4668 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 4669 /** */ 4670 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4671 /** */ 4672 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4673 /** */ 4674 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4675 /** */ 4676 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4677 } 4678 4679 struct GtkBoxPrivate; 4680 4681 struct GtkBuildable; 4682 4683 /** 4684 * The #GtkBuildableIface interface contains method that are 4685 * necessary to allow #GtkBuilder to construct an object from 4686 * a #GtkBuilder UI definition. 4687 */ 4688 struct GtkBuildableIface 4689 { 4690 /** 4691 * the parent class 4692 */ 4693 GTypeInterface gIface; 4694 /** */ 4695 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, const(char)* name) setName; 4696 /** 4697 * 4698 * Params: 4699 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4700 * Return: the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() 4701 */ 4702 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkBuildable* buildable) getName; 4703 /** */ 4704 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* type) addChild; 4705 /** */ 4706 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* name, GValue* value) setBuildableProperty; 4707 /** 4708 * 4709 * Params: 4710 * buildable = A #GtkBuildable 4711 * builder = #GtkBuilder used to construct this object 4712 * name = name of child to construct 4713 * Return: the constructed child 4714 */ 4715 extern(C) GObject* function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* name) constructChild; 4716 /** 4717 * 4718 * Params: 4719 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4720 * builder = a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object 4721 * child = child object or %NULL for non-child tags 4722 * tagname = name of tag 4723 * parser = a #GMarkupParser to fill in 4724 * data = return location for user data that will be passed in 4725 * to parser functions 4726 * Return: %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE 4727 * if it doesn't. 4728 */ 4729 extern(C) int function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, GMarkupParser* parser, void** data) customTagStart; 4730 /** */ 4731 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, void** data) customTagEnd; 4732 /** */ 4733 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, void* data) customFinished; 4734 /** */ 4735 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder) parserFinished; 4736 /** 4737 * 4738 * Params: 4739 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4740 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 4741 * childname = name of child 4742 * Return: the internal child of the buildable object 4743 */ 4744 extern(C) GObject* function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* childname) getInternalChild; 4745 } 4746 4747 struct GtkBuilder 4748 { 4749 GObject parentInstance; 4750 GtkBuilderPrivate* priv; 4751 } 4752 4753 struct GtkBuilderClass 4754 { 4755 GObjectClass parentClass; 4756 /** 4757 * 4758 * Params: 4759 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 4760 * typeName = type name to lookup 4761 * Return: the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID 4762 * if no type was found 4763 */ 4764 extern(C) GType function(GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* typeName) getTypeFromName; 4765 /** */ 4766 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4767 /** */ 4768 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4769 /** */ 4770 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4771 /** */ 4772 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4773 /** */ 4774 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4775 /** */ 4776 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 4777 /** */ 4778 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 4779 /** */ 4780 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 4781 } 4782 4783 struct GtkBuilderPrivate; 4784 4785 struct GtkButton 4786 { 4787 GtkBin bin; 4788 GtkButtonPrivate* priv; 4789 } 4790 4791 struct GtkButtonAccessible 4792 { 4793 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 4794 GtkButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4795 } 4796 4797 struct GtkButtonAccessibleClass 4798 { 4799 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 4800 } 4801 4802 struct GtkButtonAccessiblePrivate; 4803 4804 struct GtkButtonBox 4805 { 4806 GtkBox box; 4807 GtkButtonBoxPrivate* priv; 4808 } 4809 4810 struct GtkButtonBoxClass 4811 { 4812 /** 4813 * The parent class. 4814 */ 4815 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 4816 /** */ 4817 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4818 /** */ 4819 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4820 /** */ 4821 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4822 /** */ 4823 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4824 } 4825 4826 struct GtkButtonBoxPrivate; 4827 4828 struct GtkButtonClass 4829 { 4830 /** 4831 * The parent class. 4832 */ 4833 GtkBinClass parentClass; 4834 /** */ 4835 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) pressed; 4836 /** */ 4837 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) released; 4838 /** */ 4839 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) clicked; 4840 /** */ 4841 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) enter; 4842 /** */ 4843 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) leave; 4844 /** */ 4845 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) activate; 4846 /** */ 4847 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4848 /** */ 4849 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4850 /** */ 4851 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4852 /** */ 4853 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4854 } 4855 4856 struct GtkButtonPrivate; 4857 4858 struct GtkCalendar 4859 { 4860 GtkWidget widget; 4861 GtkCalendarPrivate* priv; 4862 } 4863 4864 struct GtkCalendarClass 4865 { 4866 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 4867 /** */ 4868 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) monthChanged; 4869 /** */ 4870 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) daySelected; 4871 /** */ 4872 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) daySelectedDoubleClick; 4873 /** */ 4874 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) prevMonth; 4875 /** */ 4876 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) nextMonth; 4877 /** */ 4878 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) prevYear; 4879 /** */ 4880 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) nextYear; 4881 /** */ 4882 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4883 /** */ 4884 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4885 /** */ 4886 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4887 /** */ 4888 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4889 } 4890 4891 struct GtkCalendarPrivate; 4892 4893 struct GtkCellAccessible 4894 { 4895 GtkAccessible parent; 4896 GtkCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4897 } 4898 4899 struct GtkCellAccessibleClass 4900 { 4901 GtkAccessibleClass parentClass; 4902 /** */ 4903 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessible* cell, int emitSignal) updateCache; 4904 } 4905 4906 struct GtkCellAccessibleParent; 4907 4908 struct GtkCellAccessibleParentIface 4909 { 4910 GTypeInterface parent; 4911 /** */ 4912 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height, AtkCoordType coordType) getCellExtents; 4913 /** */ 4914 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, GdkRectangle* cellRect) getCellArea; 4915 /** */ 4916 extern(C) int function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) grabFocus; 4917 /** */ 4918 extern(C) int function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) getChildIndex; 4919 /** */ 4920 extern(C) GtkCellRendererState function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) getRendererState; 4921 /** */ 4922 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) expandCollapse; 4923 /** */ 4924 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) activate; 4925 /** */ 4926 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) edit; 4927 /** */ 4928 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, AtkRelationSet* relationset) updateRelationset; 4929 } 4930 4931 struct GtkCellAccessiblePrivate; 4932 4933 struct GtkCellArea 4934 { 4935 GObject parentInstance; 4936 GtkCellAreaPrivate* priv; 4937 } 4938 4939 struct GtkCellAreaBox 4940 { 4941 GtkCellArea parentInstance; 4942 GtkCellAreaBoxPrivate* priv; 4943 } 4944 4945 struct GtkCellAreaBoxClass 4946 { 4947 GtkCellAreaClass parentClass; 4948 /** */ 4949 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4950 /** */ 4951 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4952 /** */ 4953 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4954 /** */ 4955 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4956 } 4957 4958 struct GtkCellAreaBoxPrivate; 4959 4960 struct GtkCellAreaClass 4961 { 4962 GObjectClass parentClass; 4963 /** */ 4964 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer) add; 4965 /** */ 4966 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer) remove; 4967 /** */ 4968 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellCallback callback, void* callbackData) foreac; 4969 /** */ 4970 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GtkCellAllocCallback callback, void* callbackData) foreachAlloc; 4971 /** 4972 * 4973 * Params: 4974 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4975 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. 4976 * widget = the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to 4977 * event = the #GdkEvent to handle 4978 * cellArea = the @widget relative coordinates for @area 4979 * flags = the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. 4980 * Return: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. 4981 */ 4982 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkEvent* event, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) event; 4983 /** */ 4984 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, cairo_t* cr, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags, int paintFocus) render; 4985 /** */ 4986 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, int isExpander, int isExpanded) applyAttributes; 4987 /** 4988 * 4989 * Params: 4990 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4991 * Return: a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. 4992 */ 4993 extern(C) GtkCellAreaContext* function(GtkCellArea* area) createContext; 4994 /** 4995 * 4996 * Params: 4997 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4998 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy 4999 * Return: a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. 5000 */ 5001 extern(C) GtkCellAreaContext* function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context) copyContext; 5002 /** 5003 * 5004 * Params: 5005 * area = a #GtkCellArea 5006 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. 5007 */ 5008 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkCellArea* area) getRequestMode; 5009 /** */ 5010 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidth; 5011 /** */ 5012 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 5013 /** */ 5014 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeight; 5015 /** */ 5016 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 5017 /** */ 5018 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) setCellProperty; 5019 /** */ 5020 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) getCellProperty; 5021 /** 5022 * 5023 * Params: 5024 * area = a #GtkCellArea 5025 * direction = the #GtkDirectionType 5026 * Return: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. 5027 */ 5028 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkDirectionType direction) focus; 5029 /** 5030 * 5031 * Params: 5032 * area = a #GtkCellArea 5033 * Return: whether @area can do anything when activated. 5034 */ 5035 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area) isActivatable; 5036 /** 5037 * 5038 * Params: 5039 * area = a #GtkCellArea 5040 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data 5041 * widget = the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on 5042 * cellArea = the size and location of @area relative to @widget’s allocation 5043 * flags = the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data. 5044 * editOnly = if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE 5045 * will be activated. 5046 * Return: Whether @area was successfully activated. 5047 */ 5048 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags, int editOnly) activate; 5049 /** */ 5050 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5051 /** */ 5052 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5053 /** */ 5054 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5055 /** */ 5056 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5057 /** */ 5058 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5059 /** */ 5060 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5061 /** */ 5062 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5063 /** */ 5064 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5065 } 5066 5067 struct GtkCellAreaContext 5068 { 5069 GObject parentInstance; 5070 GtkCellAreaContextPrivate* priv; 5071 } 5072 5073 struct GtkCellAreaContextClass 5074 { 5075 GObjectClass parentClass; 5076 /** */ 5077 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int width, int height) allocate; 5078 /** */ 5079 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context) reset; 5080 /** */ 5081 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 5082 /** */ 5083 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 5084 /** */ 5085 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5086 /** */ 5087 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5088 /** */ 5089 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5090 /** */ 5091 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5092 /** */ 5093 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5094 /** */ 5095 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5096 } 5097 5098 struct GtkCellAreaContextPrivate; 5099 5100 struct GtkCellAreaPrivate; 5101 5102 struct GtkCellEditable; 5103 5104 struct GtkCellEditableIface 5105 { 5106 GTypeInterface gIface; 5107 /** */ 5108 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable) editingDone; 5109 /** */ 5110 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable) removeWidget; 5111 /** */ 5112 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable, GdkEvent* event) startEditing; 5113 } 5114 5115 struct GtkCellLayout; 5116 5117 struct GtkCellLayoutIface 5118 { 5119 GTypeInterface gIface; 5120 /** */ 5121 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int expand) packStart; 5122 /** */ 5123 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int expand) packEnd; 5124 /** */ 5125 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) clear; 5126 /** */ 5127 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, const(char)* attribute, int column) addAttribute; 5128 /** */ 5129 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkCellLayoutDataFunc func, void* funcData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setCellDataFunc; 5130 /** */ 5131 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell) clearAttributes; 5132 /** */ 5133 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int position) reorder; 5134 /** 5135 * 5136 * Params: 5137 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 5138 * Return: a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has 5139 * been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() 5140 * when no longer needed. 5141 */ 5142 extern(C) GList* function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) getCells; 5143 /** 5144 * 5145 * Params: 5146 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 5147 * Return: the cell area used by @cell_layout, 5148 * or %NULL in case no cell area is used. 5149 */ 5150 extern(C) GtkCellArea* function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) getArea; 5151 } 5152 5153 struct GtkCellRenderer 5154 { 5155 GObject parentInstance; 5156 GtkCellRendererPrivate* priv; 5157 } 5158 5159 struct GtkCellRendererAccel 5160 { 5161 GtkCellRendererText parent; 5162 GtkCellRendererAccelPrivate* priv; 5163 } 5164 5165 struct GtkCellRendererAccelClass 5166 { 5167 GtkCellRendererTextClass parentClass; 5168 /** */ 5169 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererAccel* accel, const(char)* pathString, uint accelKey, GdkModifierType accelMods, uint hardwareKeycode) accelEdited; 5170 /** */ 5171 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererAccel* accel, const(char)* pathString) accelCleared; 5172 /** */ 5173 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved0; 5174 /** */ 5175 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5176 /** */ 5177 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5178 /** */ 5179 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5180 /** */ 5181 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5182 } 5183 5184 struct GtkCellRendererAccelPrivate; 5185 5186 struct GtkCellRendererClass 5187 { 5188 GObjectClass parentClass; 5189 /** 5190 * 5191 * Params: 5192 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer instance 5193 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. 5194 */ 5195 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkCellRenderer* cell) getRequestMode; 5196 /** */ 5197 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) getPreferredWidth; 5198 /** */ 5199 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 5200 /** */ 5201 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) getPreferredHeight; 5202 /** */ 5203 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 5204 /** */ 5205 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, GtkCellRendererState flags, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* alignedArea) getAlignedArea; 5206 /** */ 5207 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, int* xOffset, int* yOffset, int* width, int* height) getSize; 5208 /** */ 5209 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, cairo_t* cr, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) render; 5210 /** 5211 * 5212 * Params: 5213 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer 5214 * event = a #GdkEvent 5215 * widget = widget that received the event 5216 * path = widget-dependent string representation of the event location; 5217 * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath 5218 * backgroundArea = background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 5219 * cellArea = cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 5220 * flags = render flags 5221 * Return: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled 5222 */ 5223 extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GdkEvent* event, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* path, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) activate; 5224 /** 5225 * 5226 * Params: 5227 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer 5228 * event = a #GdkEvent 5229 * widget = widget that received the event 5230 * path = widget-dependent string representation of the event location; 5231 * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath 5232 * backgroundArea = background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 5233 * cellArea = cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 5234 * flags = render flags 5235 * Return: A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL 5236 */ 5237 extern(C) GtkCellEditable* function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GdkEvent* event, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* path, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) startEditing; 5238 /** */ 5239 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell) editingCanceled; 5240 /** */ 5241 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkCellEditable* editable, const(char)* path) editingStarted; 5242 GtkCellRendererClassPrivate* priv; 5243 /** */ 5244 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5245 /** */ 5246 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5247 /** */ 5248 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5249 } 5250 5251 struct GtkCellRendererClassPrivate; 5252 5253 struct GtkCellRendererCombo 5254 { 5255 GtkCellRendererText parent; 5256 GtkCellRendererComboPrivate* priv; 5257 } 5258 5259 struct GtkCellRendererComboClass 5260 { 5261 GtkCellRendererTextClass parent; 5262 /** */ 5263 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5264 /** */ 5265 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5266 /** */ 5267 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5268 /** */ 5269 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5270 } 5271 5272 struct GtkCellRendererComboPrivate; 5273 5274 struct GtkCellRendererPixbuf 5275 { 5276 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5277 GtkCellRendererPixbufPrivate* priv; 5278 } 5279 5280 struct GtkCellRendererPixbufClass 5281 { 5282 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5283 /** */ 5284 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5285 /** */ 5286 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5287 /** */ 5288 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5289 /** */ 5290 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5291 } 5292 5293 struct GtkCellRendererPixbufPrivate; 5294 5295 struct GtkCellRendererPrivate; 5296 5297 struct GtkCellRendererProgress 5298 { 5299 GtkCellRenderer parentInstance; 5300 GtkCellRendererProgressPrivate* priv; 5301 } 5302 5303 struct GtkCellRendererProgressClass 5304 { 5305 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5306 /** */ 5307 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5308 /** */ 5309 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5310 /** */ 5311 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5312 /** */ 5313 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5314 } 5315 5316 struct GtkCellRendererProgressPrivate; 5317 5318 struct GtkCellRendererSpin 5319 { 5320 GtkCellRendererText parent; 5321 GtkCellRendererSpinPrivate* priv; 5322 } 5323 5324 struct GtkCellRendererSpinClass 5325 { 5326 GtkCellRendererTextClass parent; 5327 /** */ 5328 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5329 /** */ 5330 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5331 /** */ 5332 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5333 /** */ 5334 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5335 } 5336 5337 struct GtkCellRendererSpinPrivate; 5338 5339 struct GtkCellRendererSpinner 5340 { 5341 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5342 GtkCellRendererSpinnerPrivate* priv; 5343 } 5344 5345 struct GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass 5346 { 5347 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5348 /** */ 5349 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5350 /** */ 5351 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5352 /** */ 5353 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5354 /** */ 5355 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5356 } 5357 5358 struct GtkCellRendererSpinnerPrivate; 5359 5360 struct GtkCellRendererText 5361 { 5362 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5363 GtkCellRendererTextPrivate* priv; 5364 } 5365 5366 struct GtkCellRendererTextClass 5367 { 5368 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5369 /** */ 5370 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererText* cellRendererText, const(char)* path, const(char)* newText) edited; 5371 /** */ 5372 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5373 /** */ 5374 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5375 /** */ 5376 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5377 /** */ 5378 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5379 } 5380 5381 struct GtkCellRendererTextPrivate; 5382 5383 struct GtkCellRendererToggle 5384 { 5385 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5386 GtkCellRendererTogglePrivate* priv; 5387 } 5388 5389 struct GtkCellRendererToggleClass 5390 { 5391 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5392 /** */ 5393 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererToggle* cellRendererToggle, const(char)* path) toggled; 5394 /** */ 5395 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5396 /** */ 5397 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5398 /** */ 5399 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5400 /** */ 5401 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5402 } 5403 5404 struct GtkCellRendererTogglePrivate; 5405 5406 struct GtkCellView 5407 { 5408 GtkWidget parentInstance; 5409 GtkCellViewPrivate* priv; 5410 } 5411 5412 struct GtkCellViewClass 5413 { 5414 /** 5415 * The parent class. 5416 */ 5417 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5418 /** */ 5419 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5420 /** */ 5421 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5422 /** */ 5423 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5424 /** */ 5425 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5426 } 5427 5428 struct GtkCellViewPrivate; 5429 5430 struct GtkCheckButton 5431 { 5432 GtkToggleButton toggleButton; 5433 } 5434 5435 struct GtkCheckButtonClass 5436 { 5437 GtkToggleButtonClass parentClass; 5438 /** */ 5439 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckButton* checkButton, cairo_t* cr) drawIndicator; 5440 /** */ 5441 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5442 /** */ 5443 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5444 /** */ 5445 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5446 /** */ 5447 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5448 } 5449 5450 struct GtkCheckMenuItem 5451 { 5452 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 5453 GtkCheckMenuItemPrivate* priv; 5454 } 5455 5456 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible 5457 { 5458 GtkMenuItemAccessible parent; 5459 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5460 } 5461 5462 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessibleClass 5463 { 5464 GtkMenuItemAccessibleClass parentClass; 5465 } 5466 5467 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 5468 5469 struct GtkCheckMenuItemClass 5470 { 5471 /** 5472 * The parent class. 5473 */ 5474 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 5475 /** */ 5476 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckMenuItem* checkMenuItem) toggled; 5477 /** */ 5478 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckMenuItem* checkMenuItem, cairo_t* cr) drawIndicator; 5479 /** */ 5480 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5481 /** */ 5482 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5483 /** */ 5484 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5485 /** */ 5486 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5487 } 5488 5489 struct GtkCheckMenuItemPrivate; 5490 5491 struct GtkClipboard; 5492 5493 struct GtkColorButton 5494 { 5495 GtkButton button; 5496 GtkColorButtonPrivate* priv; 5497 } 5498 5499 struct GtkColorButtonClass 5500 { 5501 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 5502 /** */ 5503 extern(C) void function(GtkColorButton* cp) colorSet; 5504 /** */ 5505 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5506 /** */ 5507 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5508 /** */ 5509 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5510 /** */ 5511 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5512 } 5513 5514 struct GtkColorButtonPrivate; 5515 5516 struct GtkColorChooser; 5517 5518 struct GtkColorChooserDialog 5519 { 5520 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5521 GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 5522 } 5523 5524 struct GtkColorChooserDialogClass 5525 { 5526 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5527 /** */ 5528 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5529 /** */ 5530 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5531 /** */ 5532 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5533 /** */ 5534 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5535 } 5536 5537 struct GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate; 5538 5539 struct GtkColorChooserInterface 5540 { 5541 GTypeInterface baseInterface; 5542 /** */ 5543 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) getRgba; 5544 /** */ 5545 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) setRgba; 5546 /** */ 5547 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GtkOrientation orientation, int colorsPerLine, int nColors, GdkRGBA* colors) addPalette; 5548 /** */ 5549 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) colorActivated; 5550 void*[12] padding; 5551 } 5552 5553 struct GtkColorChooserWidget 5554 { 5555 GtkBox parentInstance; 5556 GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 5557 } 5558 5559 struct GtkColorChooserWidgetClass 5560 { 5561 /** 5562 * The parent class. 5563 */ 5564 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5565 /** */ 5566 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5567 /** */ 5568 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5569 /** */ 5570 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5571 /** */ 5572 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5573 /** */ 5574 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5575 /** */ 5576 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5577 /** */ 5578 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5579 /** */ 5580 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5581 } 5582 5583 struct GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate; 5584 5585 struct GtkColorSelection 5586 { 5587 GtkBox parentInstance; 5588 GtkColorSelectionPrivate* privateData; 5589 } 5590 5591 struct GtkColorSelectionClass 5592 { 5593 /** 5594 * The parent class. 5595 */ 5596 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5597 /** */ 5598 extern(C) void function(GtkColorSelection* colorSelection) colorChanged; 5599 /** */ 5600 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5601 /** */ 5602 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5603 /** */ 5604 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5605 /** */ 5606 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5607 } 5608 5609 struct GtkColorSelectionDialog 5610 { 5611 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5612 GtkColorSelectionDialogPrivate* priv; 5613 } 5614 5615 struct GtkColorSelectionDialogClass 5616 { 5617 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5618 /** */ 5619 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5620 /** */ 5621 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5622 /** */ 5623 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5624 /** */ 5625 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5626 } 5627 5628 struct GtkColorSelectionDialogPrivate; 5629 5630 struct GtkColorSelectionPrivate; 5631 5632 struct GtkComboBox 5633 { 5634 GtkBin parentInstance; 5635 GtkComboBoxPrivate* priv; 5636 } 5637 5638 struct GtkComboBoxAccessible 5639 { 5640 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5641 GtkComboBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5642 } 5643 5644 struct GtkComboBoxAccessibleClass 5645 { 5646 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5647 } 5648 5649 struct GtkComboBoxAccessiblePrivate; 5650 5651 struct GtkComboBoxClass 5652 { 5653 /** 5654 * The parent class. 5655 */ 5656 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5657 /** */ 5658 extern(C) void function(GtkComboBox* comboBox) changed; 5659 /** */ 5660 extern(C) char* function(GtkComboBox* comboBox, const(char)* path) formatEntryText; 5661 /** */ 5662 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5663 /** */ 5664 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5665 /** */ 5666 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5667 } 5668 5669 struct GtkComboBoxPrivate; 5670 5671 struct GtkComboBoxText 5672 { 5673 GtkComboBox parentInstance; 5674 GtkComboBoxTextPrivate* priv; 5675 } 5676 5677 struct GtkComboBoxTextClass 5678 { 5679 GtkComboBoxClass parentClass; 5680 /** */ 5681 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5682 /** */ 5683 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5684 /** */ 5685 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5686 /** */ 5687 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5688 } 5689 5690 struct GtkComboBoxTextPrivate; 5691 5692 struct GtkContainer 5693 { 5694 GtkWidget widget; 5695 GtkContainerPrivate* priv; 5696 } 5697 5698 struct GtkContainerAccessible 5699 { 5700 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 5701 GtkContainerAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5702 } 5703 5704 struct GtkContainerAccessibleClass 5705 { 5706 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 5707 /** */ 5708 extern(C) int function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget, void* data) addGtk; 5709 /** */ 5710 extern(C) int function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget, void* data) removeGtk; 5711 } 5712 5713 struct GtkContainerAccessiblePrivate; 5714 5715 struct GtkContainerCellAccessible 5716 { 5717 GtkCellAccessible parent; 5718 GtkContainerCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5719 } 5720 5721 struct GtkContainerCellAccessibleClass 5722 { 5723 GtkCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 5724 } 5725 5726 struct GtkContainerCellAccessiblePrivate; 5727 5728 struct GtkContainerClass 5729 { 5730 /** 5731 * The parent class. 5732 */ 5733 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5734 /** */ 5735 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget) add; 5736 /** */ 5737 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget) remove; 5738 /** */ 5739 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container) checkResize; 5740 /** */ 5741 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, int includeInternals, GtkCallback callback, void* callbackData) forall; 5742 /** */ 5743 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) setFocusChild; 5744 /** 5745 * 5746 * Params: 5747 * container = a #GtkContainer 5748 * Return: a #GType. 5749 */ 5750 extern(C) GType function(GtkContainer* container) childType; 5751 /** */ 5752 extern(C) char* function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) compositeName; 5753 /** */ 5754 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) setChildProperty; 5755 /** */ 5756 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) getChildProperty; 5757 /** 5758 * 5759 * Params: 5760 * container = a #GtkContainer 5761 * child = a child of @container 5762 * Return: A newly created #GtkWidgetPath 5763 */ 5764 extern(C) GtkWidgetPath* function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) getPathForChild; 5765 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 5766 mixin(bitfields!( 5767 uint, "HandleBorderWidth", 1, 5768 uint, "", 31 5769 )); 5770 /** */ 5771 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5772 /** */ 5773 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5774 /** */ 5775 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5776 /** */ 5777 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5778 /** */ 5779 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5780 /** */ 5781 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5782 /** */ 5783 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5784 /** */ 5785 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5786 } 5787 5788 struct GtkContainerPrivate; 5789 5790 struct GtkCssProvider 5791 { 5792 GObject parentInstance; 5793 GtkCssProviderPrivate* priv; 5794 } 5795 5796 struct GtkCssProviderClass 5797 { 5798 GObjectClass parentClass; 5799 /** */ 5800 extern(C) void function(GtkCssProvider* provider, GtkCssSection* section, GError* error) parsingError; 5801 /** */ 5802 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5803 /** */ 5804 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5805 /** */ 5806 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5807 } 5808 5809 struct GtkCssProviderPrivate; 5810 5811 struct GtkCssSection; 5812 5813 struct GtkDialog 5814 { 5815 GtkWindow window; 5816 GtkDialogPrivate* priv; 5817 } 5818 5819 struct GtkDialogClass 5820 { 5821 /** 5822 * The parent class. 5823 */ 5824 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 5825 /** */ 5826 extern(C) void function(GtkDialog* dialog, int responseId) response; 5827 /** */ 5828 extern(C) void function(GtkDialog* dialog) close; 5829 /** */ 5830 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5831 /** */ 5832 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5833 /** */ 5834 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5835 /** */ 5836 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5837 } 5838 5839 struct GtkDialogPrivate; 5840 5841 struct GtkDrawingArea 5842 { 5843 GtkWidget widget; 5844 void* dummy; 5845 } 5846 5847 struct GtkDrawingAreaClass 5848 { 5849 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5850 /** */ 5851 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5852 /** */ 5853 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5854 /** */ 5855 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5856 /** */ 5857 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5858 } 5859 5860 struct GtkEditable; 5861 5862 struct GtkEditableInterface 5863 { 5864 GTypeInterface baseIface; 5865 /** */ 5866 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength, int* position) insertText; 5867 /** */ 5868 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) deleteText; 5869 /** */ 5870 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable) changed; 5871 /** */ 5872 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength, int* position) doInsertText; 5873 /** */ 5874 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) doDeleteText; 5875 /** 5876 * 5877 * Params: 5878 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5879 * startPos = start of text 5880 * endPos = end of text 5881 * Return: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a 5882 * string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable 5883 * implementation and should be freed by the caller. 5884 */ 5885 extern(C) char* function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) getChars; 5886 /** */ 5887 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) setSelectionBounds; 5888 /** 5889 * 5890 * Params: 5891 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5892 * startPos = location to store the starting position, or %NULL 5893 * endPos = location to store the end position, or %NULL 5894 * Return: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise 5895 */ 5896 extern(C) int function(GtkEditable* editable, int* startPos, int* endPos) getSelectionBounds; 5897 /** */ 5898 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int position) setPosition; 5899 /** 5900 * 5901 * Params: 5902 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5903 * Return: the cursor position 5904 */ 5905 extern(C) int function(GtkEditable* editable) getPosition; 5906 } 5907 5908 struct GtkEntry 5909 { 5910 GtkWidget parentInstance; 5911 GtkEntryPrivate* priv; 5912 } 5913 5914 struct GtkEntryAccessible 5915 { 5916 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 5917 GtkEntryAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5918 } 5919 5920 struct GtkEntryAccessibleClass 5921 { 5922 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 5923 } 5924 5925 struct GtkEntryAccessiblePrivate; 5926 5927 struct GtkEntryBuffer 5928 { 5929 GObject parentInstance; 5930 GtkEntryBufferPrivate* priv; 5931 } 5932 5933 struct GtkEntryBufferClass 5934 { 5935 GObjectClass parentClass; 5936 /** */ 5937 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, const(char)* chars, uint nChars) insertedText; 5938 /** */ 5939 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, uint nChars) deletedText; 5940 /** */ 5941 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, size_t* nBytes) getText; 5942 /** 5943 * 5944 * Params: 5945 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5946 * Return: The number of characters in the buffer. 5947 */ 5948 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer) getLength; 5949 /** 5950 * 5951 * Params: 5952 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5953 * position = the position at which to insert text. 5954 * chars = the text to insert into the buffer. 5955 * nChars = the length of the text in characters, or -1 5956 * Return: The number of characters actually inserted. 5957 */ 5958 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, const(char)* chars, uint nChars) insertText; 5959 /** 5960 * 5961 * Params: 5962 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5963 * position = position at which to delete text 5964 * nChars = number of characters to delete 5965 * Return: The number of characters deleted. 5966 */ 5967 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, uint nChars) deleteText; 5968 /** */ 5969 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5970 /** */ 5971 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5972 /** */ 5973 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5974 /** */ 5975 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5976 /** */ 5977 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5978 /** */ 5979 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5980 /** */ 5981 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5982 /** */ 5983 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5984 } 5985 5986 struct GtkEntryBufferPrivate; 5987 5988 /** 5989 * Class structure for #GtkEntry. All virtual functions have a default 5990 * implementation. Derived classes may set the virtual function pointers for the 5991 * signal handlers to %NULL, but must keep @get_text_area_size and 5992 * @get_frame_size non-%NULL; either use the default implementation, or provide 5993 * a custom one. 5994 */ 5995 struct GtkEntryClass 5996 { 5997 /** 5998 * The parent class. 5999 */ 6000 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6001 /** */ 6002 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkWidget* popup) populatePopup; 6003 /** */ 6004 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) activate; 6005 /** */ 6006 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 6007 /** */ 6008 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, const(char)* str) insertAtCursor; 6009 /** */ 6010 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkDeleteType type, int count) deleteFromCursor; 6011 /** */ 6012 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) backspace; 6013 /** */ 6014 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) cutClipboard; 6015 /** */ 6016 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) copyClipboard; 6017 /** */ 6018 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) pasteClipboard; 6019 /** */ 6020 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) toggleOverwrite; 6021 /** */ 6022 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height) getTextAreaSize; 6023 /** */ 6024 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height) getFrameSize; 6025 /** */ 6026 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6027 /** */ 6028 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6029 /** */ 6030 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6031 /** */ 6032 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6033 /** */ 6034 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6035 /** */ 6036 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6037 /** */ 6038 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 6039 } 6040 6041 struct GtkEntryCompletion 6042 { 6043 GObject parentInstance; 6044 GtkEntryCompletionPrivate* priv; 6045 } 6046 6047 struct GtkEntryCompletionClass 6048 { 6049 GObjectClass parentClass; 6050 /** */ 6051 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter) matchSelected; 6052 /** */ 6053 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, int index) actionActivated; 6054 /** */ 6055 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, const(char)* prefix) insertPrefix; 6056 /** */ 6057 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter) cursorOnMatch; 6058 /** */ 6059 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion) noMatches; 6060 /** */ 6061 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved0; 6062 /** */ 6063 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6064 /** */ 6065 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6066 } 6067 6068 struct GtkEntryCompletionPrivate; 6069 6070 6071 struct GtkEntryPrivate; 6072 6073 struct GtkEventBox 6074 { 6075 GtkBin bin; 6076 GtkEventBoxPrivate* priv; 6077 } 6078 6079 struct GtkEventBoxClass 6080 { 6081 /** 6082 * The parent class. 6083 */ 6084 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6085 /** */ 6086 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6087 /** */ 6088 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6089 /** */ 6090 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6091 /** */ 6092 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6093 } 6094 6095 struct GtkEventBoxPrivate; 6096 6097 struct GtkEventController; 6098 6099 struct GtkEventControllerClass; 6100 6101 struct GtkExpander 6102 { 6103 GtkBin bin; 6104 GtkExpanderPrivate* priv; 6105 } 6106 6107 struct GtkExpanderAccessible 6108 { 6109 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6110 GtkExpanderAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6111 } 6112 6113 struct GtkExpanderAccessibleClass 6114 { 6115 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6116 } 6117 6118 struct GtkExpanderAccessiblePrivate; 6119 6120 struct GtkExpanderClass 6121 { 6122 /** 6123 * The parent class. 6124 */ 6125 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6126 /** */ 6127 extern(C) void function(GtkExpander* expander) activate; 6128 /** */ 6129 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6130 /** */ 6131 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6132 /** */ 6133 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6134 /** */ 6135 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6136 } 6137 6138 struct GtkExpanderPrivate; 6139 6140 struct GtkFileChooser; 6141 6142 struct GtkFileChooserButton 6143 { 6144 GtkBox parent; 6145 GtkFileChooserButtonPrivate* priv; 6146 } 6147 6148 struct GtkFileChooserButtonClass 6149 { 6150 /** 6151 * The parent class. 6152 */ 6153 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6154 /** */ 6155 extern(C) void function(GtkFileChooserButton* fc) fileSet; 6156 void* GtkReserved1; 6157 void* GtkReserved2; 6158 void* GtkReserved3; 6159 void* GtkReserved4; 6160 } 6161 6162 struct GtkFileChooserButtonPrivate; 6163 6164 struct GtkFileChooserDialog 6165 { 6166 GtkDialog parentInstance; 6167 GtkFileChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 6168 } 6169 6170 struct GtkFileChooserDialogClass 6171 { 6172 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 6173 /** */ 6174 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6175 /** */ 6176 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6177 /** */ 6178 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6179 /** */ 6180 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6181 } 6182 6183 struct GtkFileChooserDialogPrivate; 6184 6185 struct GtkFileChooserNative; 6186 6187 struct GtkFileChooserNativeClass 6188 { 6189 GtkNativeDialogClass parentClass; 6190 } 6191 6192 struct GtkFileChooserWidget 6193 { 6194 GtkBox parentInstance; 6195 GtkFileChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 6196 } 6197 6198 struct GtkFileChooserWidgetClass 6199 { 6200 /** 6201 * The parent class. 6202 */ 6203 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6204 /** */ 6205 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6206 /** */ 6207 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6208 /** */ 6209 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6210 /** */ 6211 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6212 } 6213 6214 struct GtkFileChooserWidgetPrivate; 6215 6216 struct GtkFileFilter; 6217 6218 /** 6219 * A #GtkFileFilterInfo-struct is used to pass information about the 6220 * tested file to gtk_file_filter_filter(). 6221 */ 6222 struct GtkFileFilterInfo 6223 { 6224 /** 6225 * Flags indicating which of the following fields need 6226 * are filled 6227 */ 6228 GtkFileFilterFlags contains; 6229 /** 6230 * the filename of the file being tested 6231 */ 6232 const(char)* filename; 6233 /** 6234 * the URI for the file being tested 6235 */ 6236 const(char)* uri; 6237 /** 6238 * the string that will be used to display the file 6239 * in the file chooser 6240 */ 6241 const(char)* displayName; 6242 /** 6243 * the mime type of the file 6244 */ 6245 const(char)* mimeType; 6246 } 6247 6248 struct GtkFixed 6249 { 6250 GtkContainer container; 6251 GtkFixedPrivate* priv; 6252 } 6253 6254 struct GtkFixedChild 6255 { 6256 GtkWidget* widget; 6257 int x; 6258 int y; 6259 } 6260 6261 struct GtkFixedClass 6262 { 6263 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6264 /** */ 6265 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6266 /** */ 6267 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6268 /** */ 6269 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6270 /** */ 6271 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6272 } 6273 6274 struct GtkFixedPrivate; 6275 6276 struct GtkFlowBox 6277 { 6278 GtkContainer container; 6279 } 6280 6281 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessible 6282 { 6283 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6284 GtkFlowBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6285 } 6286 6287 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessibleClass 6288 { 6289 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6290 } 6291 6292 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessiblePrivate; 6293 6294 struct GtkFlowBoxChild 6295 { 6296 GtkBin parentInstance; 6297 } 6298 6299 struct GtkFlowBoxChildAccessible 6300 { 6301 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6302 } 6303 6304 struct GtkFlowBoxChildAccessibleClass 6305 { 6306 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6307 } 6308 6309 struct GtkFlowBoxChildClass 6310 { 6311 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6312 /** */ 6313 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child) activate; 6314 /** */ 6315 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6316 /** */ 6317 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6318 } 6319 6320 struct GtkFlowBoxClass 6321 { 6322 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6323 /** */ 6324 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkFlowBoxChild* child) childActivated; 6325 /** */ 6326 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) selectedChildrenChanged; 6327 /** */ 6328 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) activateCursorChild; 6329 /** */ 6330 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) toggleCursorChild; 6331 /** */ 6332 extern(C) int function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 6333 /** */ 6334 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) selectAll; 6335 /** */ 6336 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) unselectAll; 6337 /** */ 6338 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6339 /** */ 6340 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6341 /** */ 6342 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6343 /** */ 6344 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6345 /** */ 6346 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6347 /** */ 6348 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6349 } 6350 6351 struct GtkFontButton 6352 { 6353 GtkButton button; 6354 GtkFontButtonPrivate* priv; 6355 } 6356 6357 struct GtkFontButtonClass 6358 { 6359 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 6360 /** */ 6361 extern(C) void function(GtkFontButton* gfp) fontSet; 6362 /** */ 6363 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6364 /** */ 6365 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6366 /** */ 6367 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6368 /** */ 6369 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6370 } 6371 6372 struct GtkFontButtonPrivate; 6373 6374 struct GtkFontChooser; 6375 6376 struct GtkFontChooserDialog 6377 { 6378 GtkDialog parentInstance; 6379 GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 6380 } 6381 6382 struct GtkFontChooserDialogClass 6383 { 6384 /** 6385 * The parent class. 6386 */ 6387 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 6388 /** */ 6389 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6390 /** */ 6391 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6392 /** */ 6393 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6394 /** */ 6395 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6396 } 6397 6398 struct GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate; 6399 6400 struct GtkFontChooserIface 6401 { 6402 GTypeInterface baseIface; 6403 /** 6404 * 6405 * Params: 6406 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 6407 * Return: A #PangoFontFamily representing the 6408 * selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser 6409 * and must not be modified or freed. 6410 */ 6411 extern(C) PangoFontFamily* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontFamily; 6412 /** 6413 * 6414 * Params: 6415 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 6416 * Return: A #PangoFontFace representing the 6417 * selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by 6418 * @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. 6419 */ 6420 extern(C) PangoFontFace* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontFace; 6421 /** 6422 * 6423 * Params: 6424 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 6425 * Return: A n integer representing the selected font size, 6426 * or -1 if no font size is selected. 6427 */ 6428 extern(C) int function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontSize; 6429 /** */ 6430 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser, GtkFontFilterFunc filter, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setFilterFunc; 6431 /** */ 6432 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* chooser, const(char)* fontname) fontActivated; 6433 /** */ 6434 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser, PangoFontMap* fontmap) setFontMap; 6435 /** 6436 * 6437 * Params: 6438 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 6439 * Return: a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL 6440 */ 6441 extern(C) PangoFontMap* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontMap; 6442 void*[10] padding; 6443 } 6444 6445 struct GtkFontChooserWidget 6446 { 6447 GtkBox parentInstance; 6448 GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 6449 } 6450 6451 struct GtkFontChooserWidgetClass 6452 { 6453 /** 6454 * The parent class. 6455 */ 6456 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6457 /** */ 6458 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6459 /** */ 6460 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6461 /** */ 6462 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6463 /** */ 6464 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6465 /** */ 6466 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6467 /** */ 6468 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6469 /** */ 6470 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 6471 /** */ 6472 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 6473 } 6474 6475 struct GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate; 6476 6477 struct GtkFontSelection 6478 { 6479 GtkBox parentInstance; 6480 GtkFontSelectionPrivate* priv; 6481 } 6482 6483 struct GtkFontSelectionClass 6484 { 6485 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6486 /** */ 6487 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6488 /** */ 6489 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6490 /** */ 6491 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6492 /** */ 6493 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6494 } 6495 6496 struct GtkFontSelectionDialog 6497 { 6498 GtkDialog parentInstance; 6499 GtkFontSelectionDialogPrivate* priv; 6500 } 6501 6502 struct GtkFontSelectionDialogClass 6503 { 6504 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 6505 /** */ 6506 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6507 /** */ 6508 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6509 /** */ 6510 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6511 /** */ 6512 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6513 } 6514 6515 struct GtkFontSelectionDialogPrivate; 6516 6517 struct GtkFontSelectionPrivate; 6518 6519 struct GtkFrame 6520 { 6521 GtkBin bin; 6522 GtkFramePrivate* priv; 6523 } 6524 6525 struct GtkFrameAccessible 6526 { 6527 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6528 GtkFrameAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6529 } 6530 6531 struct GtkFrameAccessibleClass 6532 { 6533 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6534 } 6535 6536 struct GtkFrameAccessiblePrivate; 6537 6538 struct GtkFrameClass 6539 { 6540 /** 6541 * The parent class. 6542 */ 6543 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6544 /** */ 6545 extern(C) void function(GtkFrame* frame, GtkAllocation* allocation) computeChildAllocation; 6546 /** */ 6547 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6548 /** */ 6549 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6550 /** */ 6551 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6552 /** */ 6553 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6554 } 6555 6556 struct GtkFramePrivate; 6557 6558 struct GtkGLArea 6559 { 6560 GtkWidget parentInstance; 6561 } 6562 6563 /** 6564 * The `GtkGLAreaClass` structure contains only private data. 6565 * 6566 * Since: 3.16 6567 */ 6568 struct GtkGLAreaClass 6569 { 6570 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6571 /** */ 6572 extern(C) int function(GtkGLArea* area, GdkGLContext* context) render; 6573 /** */ 6574 extern(C) void function(GtkGLArea* area, int width, int height) resize; 6575 /** */ 6576 extern(C) GdkGLContext* function(GtkGLArea* area) createContext; 6577 void*[6] Padding; 6578 } 6579 6580 struct GtkGesture; 6581 6582 struct GtkGestureClass; 6583 6584 struct GtkGestureDrag; 6585 6586 struct GtkGestureDragClass; 6587 6588 struct GtkGestureLongPress; 6589 6590 struct GtkGestureLongPressClass; 6591 6592 struct GtkGestureMultiPress; 6593 6594 struct GtkGestureMultiPressClass; 6595 6596 struct GtkGesturePan; 6597 6598 struct GtkGesturePanClass; 6599 6600 struct GtkGestureRotate; 6601 6602 struct GtkGestureRotateClass; 6603 6604 struct GtkGestureSingle; 6605 6606 struct GtkGestureSingleClass; 6607 6608 struct GtkGestureSwipe; 6609 6610 struct GtkGestureSwipeClass; 6611 6612 struct GtkGestureZoom; 6613 6614 struct GtkGestureZoomClass; 6615 6616 struct GtkGradient; 6617 6618 struct GtkGrid 6619 { 6620 GtkContainer container; 6621 GtkGridPrivate* priv; 6622 } 6623 6624 struct GtkGridClass 6625 { 6626 /** 6627 * The parent class. 6628 */ 6629 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6630 /** */ 6631 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6632 /** */ 6633 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6634 /** */ 6635 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6636 /** */ 6637 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6638 /** */ 6639 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6640 /** */ 6641 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6642 /** */ 6643 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 6644 /** */ 6645 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 6646 } 6647 6648 struct GtkGridPrivate; 6649 6650 struct GtkHBox 6651 { 6652 GtkBox box; 6653 } 6654 6655 struct GtkHBoxClass 6656 { 6657 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6658 } 6659 6660 struct GtkHButtonBox 6661 { 6662 GtkButtonBox buttonBox; 6663 } 6664 6665 struct GtkHButtonBoxClass 6666 { 6667 GtkButtonBoxClass parentClass; 6668 } 6669 6670 struct GtkHPaned 6671 { 6672 GtkPaned paned; 6673 } 6674 6675 struct GtkHPanedClass 6676 { 6677 GtkPanedClass parentClass; 6678 } 6679 6680 struct GtkHSV 6681 { 6682 GtkWidget parentInstance; 6683 GtkHSVPrivate* priv; 6684 } 6685 6686 struct GtkHSVClass 6687 { 6688 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6689 /** */ 6690 extern(C) void function(GtkHSV* hsv) changed; 6691 /** */ 6692 extern(C) void function(GtkHSV* hsv, GtkDirectionType type) move; 6693 /** */ 6694 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6695 /** */ 6696 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6697 /** */ 6698 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6699 /** */ 6700 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6701 } 6702 6703 struct GtkHSVPrivate; 6704 6705 struct GtkHScale 6706 { 6707 GtkScale scale; 6708 } 6709 6710 struct GtkHScaleClass 6711 { 6712 GtkScaleClass parentClass; 6713 } 6714 6715 struct GtkHScrollbar 6716 { 6717 GtkScrollbar scrollbar; 6718 } 6719 6720 struct GtkHScrollbarClass 6721 { 6722 GtkScrollbarClass parentClass; 6723 } 6724 6725 struct GtkHSeparator 6726 { 6727 GtkSeparator separator; 6728 } 6729 6730 struct GtkHSeparatorClass 6731 { 6732 GtkSeparatorClass parentClass; 6733 } 6734 6735 struct GtkHandleBox 6736 { 6737 GtkBin bin; 6738 GtkHandleBoxPrivate* priv; 6739 } 6740 6741 struct GtkHandleBoxClass 6742 { 6743 /** 6744 * The parent class. 6745 */ 6746 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6747 /** */ 6748 extern(C) void function(GtkHandleBox* handleBox, GtkWidget* child) childAttached; 6749 /** */ 6750 extern(C) void function(GtkHandleBox* handleBox, GtkWidget* child) childDetached; 6751 /** */ 6752 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6753 /** */ 6754 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6755 /** */ 6756 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6757 /** */ 6758 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6759 } 6760 6761 struct GtkHandleBoxPrivate; 6762 6763 struct GtkHeaderBar 6764 { 6765 GtkContainer container; 6766 } 6767 6768 struct GtkHeaderBarClass 6769 { 6770 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6771 /** */ 6772 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6773 /** */ 6774 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6775 /** */ 6776 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6777 /** */ 6778 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6779 } 6780 6781 struct GtkHeaderBarPrivate; 6782 6783 struct GtkIMContext 6784 { 6785 GObject parentInstance; 6786 } 6787 6788 struct GtkIMContextClass 6789 { 6790 GObjectClass parentClass; 6791 /** */ 6792 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditStart; 6793 /** */ 6794 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditEnd; 6795 /** */ 6796 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditChanged; 6797 /** */ 6798 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, const(char)* str) commit; 6799 /** */ 6800 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context) retrieveSurrounding; 6801 /** 6802 * 6803 * Params: 6804 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6805 * offset = offset from cursor position in chars; 6806 * a negative value means start before the cursor. 6807 * nChars = number of characters to delete. 6808 * Return: %TRUE if the signal was handled. 6809 */ 6810 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, int offset, int nChars) deleteSurrounding; 6811 /** */ 6812 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkWindow* window) setClientWindow; 6813 /** */ 6814 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, char** str, PangoAttrList** attrs, int* cursorPos) getPreeditString; 6815 /** 6816 * 6817 * Params: 6818 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6819 * event = the key event 6820 * Return: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. 6821 */ 6822 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkEventKey* event) filterKeypress; 6823 /** */ 6824 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) focusIn; 6825 /** */ 6826 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) focusOut; 6827 /** */ 6828 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) reset; 6829 /** */ 6830 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkRectangle* area) setCursorLocation; 6831 /** */ 6832 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, int usePreedit) setUsePreedit; 6833 /** */ 6834 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, const(char)* text, int len, int cursorIndex) setSurrounding; 6835 /** 6836 * 6837 * Params: 6838 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6839 * text = location to store a UTF-8 encoded 6840 * string of text holding context around the insertion point. 6841 * If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result 6842 * stored in this location with g_free(). 6843 * cursorIndex = location to store byte index of the insertion 6844 * cursor within @text. 6845 * Return: %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case 6846 * you must free the result stored in *text. 6847 */ 6848 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, char** text, int* cursorIndex) getSurrounding; 6849 /** */ 6850 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6851 /** */ 6852 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6853 /** */ 6854 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6855 /** */ 6856 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6857 /** */ 6858 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6859 /** */ 6860 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6861 } 6862 6863 /** 6864 * Bookkeeping information about a loadable input method. 6865 */ 6866 struct GtkIMContextInfo 6867 { 6868 /** 6869 * The unique identification string of the input method. 6870 */ 6871 const(char)* contextId; 6872 /** 6873 * The human-readable name of the input method. 6874 */ 6875 const(char)* contextName; 6876 /** 6877 * Translation domain to be used with dgettext() 6878 */ 6879 const(char)* domain; 6880 /** 6881 * Name of locale directory for use with bindtextdomain() 6882 */ 6883 const(char)* domainDirname; 6884 /** 6885 * A colon-separated list of locales where this input method 6886 * should be the default. The asterisk “*” sets the default for all locales. 6887 */ 6888 const(char)* defaultLocales; 6889 } 6890 6891 struct GtkIMContextSimple 6892 { 6893 GtkIMContext object; 6894 GtkIMContextSimplePrivate* priv; 6895 } 6896 6897 struct GtkIMContextSimpleClass 6898 { 6899 GtkIMContextClass parentClass; 6900 } 6901 6902 struct GtkIMContextSimplePrivate; 6903 6904 struct GtkIMMulticontext 6905 { 6906 GtkIMContext object; 6907 GtkIMMulticontextPrivate* priv; 6908 } 6909 6910 struct GtkIMMulticontextClass 6911 { 6912 GtkIMContextClass parentClass; 6913 /** */ 6914 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6915 /** */ 6916 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6917 /** */ 6918 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6919 /** */ 6920 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6921 } 6922 6923 struct GtkIMMulticontextPrivate; 6924 6925 struct GtkIconFactory 6926 { 6927 GObject parentInstance; 6928 GtkIconFactoryPrivate* priv; 6929 } 6930 6931 struct GtkIconFactoryClass 6932 { 6933 /** 6934 * The parent class. 6935 */ 6936 GObjectClass parentClass; 6937 /** */ 6938 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6939 /** */ 6940 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6941 /** */ 6942 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6943 /** */ 6944 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6945 } 6946 6947 struct GtkIconFactoryPrivate; 6948 6949 struct GtkIconInfo; 6950 6951 struct GtkIconInfoClass; 6952 6953 struct GtkIconSet; 6954 6955 struct GtkIconSource; 6956 6957 struct GtkIconTheme 6958 { 6959 GObject parentInstance; 6960 GtkIconThemePrivate* priv; 6961 } 6962 6963 struct GtkIconThemeClass 6964 { 6965 /** 6966 * The parent class. 6967 */ 6968 GObjectClass parentClass; 6969 /** */ 6970 extern(C) void function(GtkIconTheme* iconTheme) changed; 6971 /** */ 6972 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6973 /** */ 6974 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6975 /** */ 6976 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6977 /** */ 6978 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6979 } 6980 6981 struct GtkIconThemePrivate; 6982 6983 struct GtkIconView 6984 { 6985 GtkContainer parent; 6986 GtkIconViewPrivate* priv; 6987 } 6988 6989 struct GtkIconViewAccessible 6990 { 6991 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6992 GtkIconViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6993 } 6994 6995 struct GtkIconViewAccessibleClass 6996 { 6997 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6998 } 6999 7000 struct GtkIconViewAccessiblePrivate; 7001 7002 struct GtkIconViewClass 7003 { 7004 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7005 /** */ 7006 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkTreePath* path) itemActivated; 7007 /** */ 7008 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectionChanged; 7009 /** */ 7010 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectAll; 7011 /** */ 7012 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) unselectAll; 7013 /** */ 7014 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectCursorItem; 7015 /** */ 7016 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) toggleCursorItem; 7017 /** */ 7018 extern(C) int function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 7019 /** */ 7020 extern(C) int function(GtkIconView* iconView) activateCursorItem; 7021 /** */ 7022 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7023 /** */ 7024 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7025 /** */ 7026 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7027 /** */ 7028 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7029 } 7030 7031 struct GtkIconViewPrivate; 7032 7033 struct GtkImage 7034 { 7035 GtkMisc misc; 7036 GtkImagePrivate* priv; 7037 } 7038 7039 struct GtkImageAccessible 7040 { 7041 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 7042 GtkImageAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7043 } 7044 7045 struct GtkImageAccessibleClass 7046 { 7047 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 7048 } 7049 7050 struct GtkImageAccessiblePrivate; 7051 7052 struct GtkImageCellAccessible 7053 { 7054 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 7055 GtkImageCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7056 } 7057 7058 struct GtkImageCellAccessibleClass 7059 { 7060 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 7061 } 7062 7063 struct GtkImageCellAccessiblePrivate; 7064 7065 struct GtkImageClass 7066 { 7067 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 7068 /** */ 7069 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7070 /** */ 7071 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7072 /** */ 7073 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7074 /** */ 7075 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7076 } 7077 7078 struct GtkImageMenuItem 7079 { 7080 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 7081 GtkImageMenuItemPrivate* priv; 7082 } 7083 7084 struct GtkImageMenuItemClass 7085 { 7086 /** 7087 * The parent class. 7088 */ 7089 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 7090 /** */ 7091 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7092 /** */ 7093 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7094 /** */ 7095 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7096 /** */ 7097 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7098 } 7099 7100 struct GtkImageMenuItemPrivate; 7101 7102 struct GtkImagePrivate; 7103 7104 struct GtkInfoBar 7105 { 7106 GtkBox parent; 7107 GtkInfoBarPrivate* priv; 7108 } 7109 7110 struct GtkInfoBarClass 7111 { 7112 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 7113 /** */ 7114 extern(C) void function(GtkInfoBar* infoBar, int responseId) response; 7115 /** */ 7116 extern(C) void function(GtkInfoBar* infoBar) close; 7117 /** */ 7118 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7119 /** */ 7120 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7121 /** */ 7122 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7123 /** */ 7124 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7125 } 7126 7127 struct GtkInfoBarPrivate; 7128 7129 struct GtkInvisible 7130 { 7131 GtkWidget widget; 7132 GtkInvisiblePrivate* priv; 7133 } 7134 7135 struct GtkInvisibleClass 7136 { 7137 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 7138 /** */ 7139 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7140 /** */ 7141 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7142 /** */ 7143 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7144 /** */ 7145 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7146 } 7147 7148 struct GtkInvisiblePrivate; 7149 7150 struct GtkLabel 7151 { 7152 GtkMisc misc; 7153 GtkLabelPrivate* priv; 7154 } 7155 7156 struct GtkLabelAccessible 7157 { 7158 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 7159 GtkLabelAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7160 } 7161 7162 struct GtkLabelAccessibleClass 7163 { 7164 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 7165 } 7166 7167 struct GtkLabelAccessiblePrivate; 7168 7169 struct GtkLabelClass 7170 { 7171 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 7172 /** */ 7173 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 7174 /** */ 7175 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label) copyClipboard; 7176 /** */ 7177 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label, GtkMenu* menu) populatePopup; 7178 /** */ 7179 extern(C) int function(GtkLabel* label, const(char)* uri) activateLink; 7180 /** */ 7181 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7182 /** */ 7183 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7184 /** */ 7185 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7186 /** */ 7187 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7188 /** */ 7189 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7190 /** */ 7191 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7192 /** */ 7193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7194 /** */ 7195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7196 } 7197 7198 struct GtkLabelPrivate; 7199 7200 struct GtkLabelSelectionInfo; 7201 7202 struct GtkLayout 7203 { 7204 GtkContainer container; 7205 GtkLayoutPrivate* priv; 7206 } 7207 7208 struct GtkLayoutClass 7209 { 7210 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7211 /** */ 7212 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7213 /** */ 7214 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7215 /** */ 7216 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7217 /** */ 7218 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7219 } 7220 7221 struct GtkLayoutPrivate; 7222 7223 struct GtkLevelBar 7224 { 7225 GtkWidget parent; 7226 GtkLevelBarPrivate* priv; 7227 } 7228 7229 struct GtkLevelBarAccessible 7230 { 7231 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 7232 GtkLevelBarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7233 } 7234 7235 struct GtkLevelBarAccessibleClass 7236 { 7237 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 7238 } 7239 7240 struct GtkLevelBarAccessiblePrivate; 7241 7242 struct GtkLevelBarClass 7243 { 7244 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 7245 /** */ 7246 extern(C) void function(GtkLevelBar* self, const(char)* name) offsetChanged; 7247 void*[16] padding; 7248 } 7249 7250 struct GtkLevelBarPrivate; 7251 7252 struct GtkLinkButton 7253 { 7254 GtkButton parentInstance; 7255 GtkLinkButtonPrivate* priv; 7256 } 7257 7258 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessible 7259 { 7260 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 7261 GtkLinkButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7262 } 7263 7264 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessibleClass 7265 { 7266 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 7267 } 7268 7269 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessiblePrivate; 7270 7271 /** 7272 * The #GtkLinkButtonClass contains only 7273 * private data. 7274 */ 7275 struct GtkLinkButtonClass 7276 { 7277 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 7278 /** */ 7279 extern(C) int function(GtkLinkButton* button) activateLink; 7280 /** */ 7281 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding1; 7282 /** */ 7283 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding2; 7284 /** */ 7285 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding3; 7286 /** */ 7287 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding4; 7288 } 7289 7290 struct GtkLinkButtonPrivate; 7291 7292 struct GtkListBox 7293 { 7294 GtkContainer parentInstance; 7295 } 7296 7297 struct GtkListBoxAccessible 7298 { 7299 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7300 GtkListBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7301 } 7302 7303 struct GtkListBoxAccessibleClass 7304 { 7305 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7306 } 7307 7308 struct GtkListBoxAccessiblePrivate; 7309 7310 struct GtkListBoxClass 7311 { 7312 /** 7313 * The parent class. 7314 */ 7315 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7316 /** */ 7317 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row) rowSelected; 7318 /** */ 7319 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row) rowActivated; 7320 /** */ 7321 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) activateCursorRow; 7322 /** */ 7323 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) toggleCursorRow; 7324 /** */ 7325 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 7326 /** */ 7327 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) selectedRowsChanged; 7328 /** */ 7329 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) selectAll; 7330 /** */ 7331 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) unselectAll; 7332 /** */ 7333 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7334 /** */ 7335 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7336 /** */ 7337 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7338 } 7339 7340 struct GtkListBoxRow 7341 { 7342 GtkBin parentInstance; 7343 } 7344 7345 struct GtkListBoxRowAccessible 7346 { 7347 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7348 } 7349 7350 struct GtkListBoxRowAccessibleClass 7351 { 7352 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7353 } 7354 7355 struct GtkListBoxRowClass 7356 { 7357 /** 7358 * The parent class. 7359 */ 7360 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7361 /** */ 7362 extern(C) void function(GtkListBoxRow* row) activate; 7363 /** */ 7364 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7365 /** */ 7366 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7367 } 7368 7369 struct GtkListStore 7370 { 7371 GObject parent; 7372 GtkListStorePrivate* priv; 7373 } 7374 7375 struct GtkListStoreClass 7376 { 7377 GObjectClass parentClass; 7378 /** */ 7379 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7380 /** */ 7381 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7382 /** */ 7383 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7384 /** */ 7385 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7386 } 7387 7388 struct GtkListStorePrivate; 7389 7390 struct GtkLockButton 7391 { 7392 GtkButton parent; 7393 GtkLockButtonPrivate* priv; 7394 } 7395 7396 struct GtkLockButtonAccessible 7397 { 7398 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 7399 GtkLockButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7400 } 7401 7402 struct GtkLockButtonAccessibleClass 7403 { 7404 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 7405 } 7406 7407 struct GtkLockButtonAccessiblePrivate; 7408 7409 struct GtkLockButtonClass 7410 { 7411 /** 7412 * The parent class. 7413 */ 7414 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 7415 /** */ 7416 extern(C) void function() reserved0; 7417 /** */ 7418 extern(C) void function() reserved1; 7419 /** */ 7420 extern(C) void function() reserved2; 7421 /** */ 7422 extern(C) void function() reserved3; 7423 /** */ 7424 extern(C) void function() reserved4; 7425 /** */ 7426 extern(C) void function() reserved5; 7427 /** */ 7428 extern(C) void function() reserved6; 7429 /** */ 7430 extern(C) void function() reserved7; 7431 } 7432 7433 struct GtkLockButtonPrivate; 7434 7435 struct GtkMenu 7436 { 7437 GtkMenuShell menuShell; 7438 GtkMenuPrivate* priv; 7439 } 7440 7441 struct GtkMenuAccessible 7442 { 7443 GtkMenuShellAccessible parent; 7444 GtkMenuAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7445 } 7446 7447 struct GtkMenuAccessibleClass 7448 { 7449 GtkMenuShellAccessibleClass parentClass; 7450 } 7451 7452 struct GtkMenuAccessiblePrivate; 7453 7454 struct GtkMenuBar 7455 { 7456 GtkMenuShell menuShell; 7457 GtkMenuBarPrivate* priv; 7458 } 7459 7460 struct GtkMenuBarClass 7461 { 7462 GtkMenuShellClass parentClass; 7463 /** */ 7464 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7465 /** */ 7466 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7467 /** */ 7468 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7469 /** */ 7470 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7471 } 7472 7473 struct GtkMenuBarPrivate; 7474 7475 struct GtkMenuButton 7476 { 7477 GtkToggleButton parent; 7478 GtkMenuButtonPrivate* priv; 7479 } 7480 7481 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessible 7482 { 7483 GtkToggleButtonAccessible parent; 7484 GtkMenuButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7485 } 7486 7487 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessibleClass 7488 { 7489 GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 7490 } 7491 7492 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessiblePrivate; 7493 7494 struct GtkMenuButtonClass 7495 { 7496 GtkToggleButtonClass parentClass; 7497 /** */ 7498 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7499 /** */ 7500 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7501 /** */ 7502 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7503 /** */ 7504 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7505 } 7506 7507 struct GtkMenuButtonPrivate; 7508 7509 struct GtkMenuClass 7510 { 7511 GtkMenuShellClass parentClass; 7512 /** */ 7513 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7514 /** */ 7515 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7516 /** */ 7517 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7518 /** */ 7519 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7520 } 7521 7522 struct GtkMenuItem 7523 { 7524 GtkBin bin; 7525 GtkMenuItemPrivate* priv; 7526 } 7527 7528 struct GtkMenuItemAccessible 7529 { 7530 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7531 GtkMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7532 } 7533 7534 struct GtkMenuItemAccessibleClass 7535 { 7536 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7537 } 7538 7539 struct GtkMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 7540 7541 struct GtkMenuItemClass 7542 { 7543 /** 7544 * The parent class. 7545 */ 7546 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7547 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 7548 mixin(bitfields!( 7549 uint, "hideOnActivate", 1, 7550 uint, "", 31 7551 )); 7552 /** */ 7553 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) activate; 7554 /** */ 7555 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) activateItem; 7556 /** */ 7557 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, int* requisition) toggleSizeRequest; 7558 /** */ 7559 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, int allocation) toggleSizeAllocate; 7560 /** */ 7561 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, const(char)* label) setLabel; 7562 /** 7563 * 7564 * Params: 7565 * menuItem = a #GtkMenuItem 7566 * Return: The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal 7567 * string used by the label, and must not be modified. 7568 */ 7569 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) getLabel; 7570 /** */ 7571 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) select; 7572 /** */ 7573 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) deselect; 7574 /** */ 7575 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7576 /** */ 7577 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7578 /** */ 7579 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7580 /** */ 7581 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7582 } 7583 7584 struct GtkMenuItemPrivate; 7585 7586 struct GtkMenuPrivate; 7587 7588 struct GtkMenuShell 7589 { 7590 GtkContainer container; 7591 GtkMenuShellPrivate* priv; 7592 } 7593 7594 struct GtkMenuShellAccessible 7595 { 7596 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7597 GtkMenuShellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7598 } 7599 7600 struct GtkMenuShellAccessibleClass 7601 { 7602 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7603 } 7604 7605 struct GtkMenuShellAccessiblePrivate; 7606 7607 struct GtkMenuShellClass 7608 { 7609 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7610 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 7611 mixin(bitfields!( 7612 uint, "submenuPlacement", 1, 7613 uint, "", 31 7614 )); 7615 /** */ 7616 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) deactivate; 7617 /** */ 7618 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) selectionDone; 7619 /** */ 7620 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkMenuDirectionType direction) moveCurrent; 7621 /** */ 7622 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, int forceHide) activateCurrent; 7623 /** */ 7624 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) cancel; 7625 /** */ 7626 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkWidget* menuItem) selectItem; 7627 /** */ 7628 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkWidget* child, int position) insert; 7629 /** */ 7630 extern(C) int function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) getPopupDelay; 7631 /** */ 7632 extern(C) int function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, int distance) moveSelected; 7633 /** */ 7634 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7635 /** */ 7636 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7637 /** */ 7638 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7639 /** */ 7640 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7641 } 7642 7643 struct GtkMenuShellPrivate; 7644 7645 struct GtkMenuToolButton 7646 { 7647 GtkToolButton parent; 7648 GtkMenuToolButtonPrivate* priv; 7649 } 7650 7651 struct GtkMenuToolButtonClass 7652 { 7653 /** 7654 * The parent class. 7655 */ 7656 GtkToolButtonClass parentClass; 7657 /** */ 7658 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuToolButton* button) showMenu; 7659 /** */ 7660 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7661 /** */ 7662 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7663 /** */ 7664 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7665 /** */ 7666 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7667 } 7668 7669 struct GtkMenuToolButtonPrivate; 7670 7671 struct GtkMessageDialog 7672 { 7673 GtkDialog parentInstance; 7674 GtkMessageDialogPrivate* priv; 7675 } 7676 7677 struct GtkMessageDialogClass 7678 { 7679 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 7680 /** */ 7681 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7682 /** */ 7683 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7684 /** */ 7685 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7686 /** */ 7687 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7688 } 7689 7690 struct GtkMessageDialogPrivate; 7691 7692 struct GtkMisc 7693 { 7694 GtkWidget widget; 7695 GtkMiscPrivate* priv; 7696 } 7697 7698 struct GtkMiscClass 7699 { 7700 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 7701 /** */ 7702 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7703 /** */ 7704 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7705 /** */ 7706 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7707 /** */ 7708 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7709 } 7710 7711 struct GtkMiscPrivate; 7712 7713 struct GtkModelButton; 7714 7715 struct GtkMountOperation 7716 { 7717 GMountOperation parentInstance; 7718 GtkMountOperationPrivate* priv; 7719 } 7720 7721 struct GtkMountOperationClass 7722 { 7723 /** 7724 * The parent class. 7725 */ 7726 GMountOperationClass parentClass; 7727 /** */ 7728 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7729 /** */ 7730 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7731 /** */ 7732 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7733 /** */ 7734 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7735 } 7736 7737 struct GtkMountOperationPrivate; 7738 7739 struct GtkNativeDialog 7740 { 7741 GObject parentInstance; 7742 } 7743 7744 struct GtkNativeDialogClass 7745 { 7746 GObjectClass parentClass; 7747 /** */ 7748 extern(C) void function(GtkNativeDialog* self, int responseId) response; 7749 /** */ 7750 extern(C) void function(GtkNativeDialog* self) show; 7751 /** */ 7752 extern(C) void function(GtkNativeDialog* self) hide; 7753 /** */ 7754 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7755 /** */ 7756 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7757 /** */ 7758 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7759 /** */ 7760 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7761 } 7762 7763 struct GtkNotebook 7764 { 7765 GtkContainer container; 7766 GtkNotebookPrivate* priv; 7767 } 7768 7769 struct GtkNotebookAccessible 7770 { 7771 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7772 GtkNotebookAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7773 } 7774 7775 struct GtkNotebookAccessibleClass 7776 { 7777 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7778 } 7779 7780 struct GtkNotebookAccessiblePrivate; 7781 7782 struct GtkNotebookClass 7783 { 7784 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7785 /** */ 7786 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* page, uint pageNum) switchPage; 7787 /** */ 7788 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, int moveFocus) selectPage; 7789 /** */ 7790 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkNotebookTab type) focusTab; 7791 /** */ 7792 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, int offset) changeCurrentPage; 7793 /** */ 7794 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocusOut; 7795 /** */ 7796 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkDirectionType direction, int moveToLast) reorderTab; 7797 /** */ 7798 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, GtkWidget* tabLabel, GtkWidget* menuLabel, int position) insertPage; 7799 /** */ 7800 extern(C) GtkNotebook* function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* page, int x, int y) createWindow; 7801 /** */ 7802 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageReordered; 7803 /** */ 7804 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageRemoved; 7805 /** */ 7806 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageAdded; 7807 /** */ 7808 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7809 /** */ 7810 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7811 /** */ 7812 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7813 /** */ 7814 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7815 /** */ 7816 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7817 /** */ 7818 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7819 /** */ 7820 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7821 /** */ 7822 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7823 } 7824 7825 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessible 7826 { 7827 AtkObject parent; 7828 GtkNotebookPageAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7829 } 7830 7831 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessibleClass 7832 { 7833 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 7834 } 7835 7836 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessiblePrivate; 7837 7838 struct GtkNotebookPrivate; 7839 7840 struct GtkNumerableIcon 7841 { 7842 GEmblemedIcon parent; 7843 GtkNumerableIconPrivate* priv; 7844 } 7845 7846 struct GtkNumerableIconClass 7847 { 7848 GEmblemedIconClass parentClass; 7849 void*[16] padding; 7850 } 7851 7852 struct GtkNumerableIconPrivate; 7853 7854 struct GtkOffscreenWindow 7855 { 7856 GtkWindow parentObject; 7857 } 7858 7859 struct GtkOffscreenWindowClass 7860 { 7861 /** 7862 * The parent class. 7863 */ 7864 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 7865 /** */ 7866 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7867 /** */ 7868 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7869 /** */ 7870 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7871 /** */ 7872 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7873 } 7874 7875 struct GtkOrientable; 7876 7877 struct GtkOrientableIface 7878 { 7879 GTypeInterface baseIface; 7880 } 7881 7882 struct GtkOverlay 7883 { 7884 GtkBin parent; 7885 GtkOverlayPrivate* priv; 7886 } 7887 7888 struct GtkOverlayClass 7889 { 7890 /** 7891 * The parent class. 7892 */ 7893 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7894 /** */ 7895 extern(C) int function(GtkOverlay* overlay, GtkWidget* widget, GtkAllocation* allocation) getChildPosition; 7896 /** */ 7897 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7898 /** */ 7899 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7900 /** */ 7901 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7902 /** */ 7903 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7904 /** */ 7905 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7906 /** */ 7907 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7908 /** */ 7909 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7910 /** */ 7911 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7912 } 7913 7914 struct GtkOverlayPrivate; 7915 7916 /** 7917 * Struct defining a pad action entry. 7918 */ 7919 struct GtkPadActionEntry 7920 { 7921 /** 7922 * the type of pad feature that will trigger this action entry. 7923 */ 7924 GtkPadActionType type; 7925 /** 7926 * the 0-indexed button/ring/strip number that will trigger this action 7927 * entry. 7928 */ 7929 int index; 7930 /** 7931 * the mode that will trigger this action entry, or -1 for all modes. 7932 */ 7933 int mode; 7934 /** 7935 * Human readable description of this action entry, this string should 7936 * be deemed user-visible. 7937 */ 7938 char* label; 7939 /** 7940 * action name that will be activated in the #GActionGroup. 7941 */ 7942 char* actionName; 7943 } 7944 7945 struct GtkPadController; 7946 7947 struct GtkPadControllerClass; 7948 7949 /** 7950 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges(). 7951 */ 7952 struct GtkPageRange 7953 { 7954 /** 7955 * start of page range. 7956 */ 7957 int start; 7958 /** 7959 * end of page range. 7960 */ 7961 int end; 7962 } 7963 7964 struct GtkPageSetup; 7965 7966 struct GtkPaned 7967 { 7968 GtkContainer container; 7969 GtkPanedPrivate* priv; 7970 } 7971 7972 struct GtkPanedAccessible 7973 { 7974 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7975 GtkPanedAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7976 } 7977 7978 struct GtkPanedAccessibleClass 7979 { 7980 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7981 } 7982 7983 struct GtkPanedAccessiblePrivate; 7984 7985 struct GtkPanedClass 7986 { 7987 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7988 /** */ 7989 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, int reverse) cycleChildFocus; 7990 /** */ 7991 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) toggleHandleFocus; 7992 /** */ 7993 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, GtkScrollType scroll) moveHandle; 7994 /** */ 7995 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, int reverse) cycleHandleFocus; 7996 /** */ 7997 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) acceptPosition; 7998 /** */ 7999 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) cancelPosition; 8000 /** */ 8001 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8002 /** */ 8003 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8004 /** */ 8005 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8006 /** */ 8007 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8008 } 8009 8010 struct GtkPanedPrivate; 8011 8012 struct GtkPaperSize; 8013 8014 struct GtkPlacesSidebar; 8015 8016 struct GtkPlacesSidebarClass; 8017 8018 struct GtkPlug 8019 { 8020 GtkWindow window; 8021 GtkPlugPrivate* priv; 8022 } 8023 8024 struct GtkPlugClass 8025 { 8026 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 8027 /** */ 8028 extern(C) void function(GtkPlug* plug) embedded; 8029 /** */ 8030 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8031 /** */ 8032 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8033 /** */ 8034 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8035 /** */ 8036 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8037 } 8038 8039 struct GtkPlugPrivate; 8040 8041 struct GtkPopover 8042 { 8043 GtkBin parentInstance; 8044 GtkPopoverPrivate* priv; 8045 } 8046 8047 struct GtkPopoverAccessible 8048 { 8049 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 8050 } 8051 8052 struct GtkPopoverAccessibleClass 8053 { 8054 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 8055 } 8056 8057 struct GtkPopoverClass 8058 { 8059 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8060 /** */ 8061 extern(C) void function(GtkPopover* popover) closed; 8062 void*[10] reserved; 8063 } 8064 8065 struct GtkPopoverMenu; 8066 8067 struct GtkPopoverMenuClass 8068 { 8069 GtkPopoverClass parentClass; 8070 void*[10] reserved; 8071 } 8072 8073 struct GtkPopoverPrivate; 8074 8075 struct GtkPrintContext; 8076 8077 struct GtkPrintOperation 8078 { 8079 GObject parentInstance; 8080 GtkPrintOperationPrivate* priv; 8081 } 8082 8083 struct GtkPrintOperationClass 8084 { 8085 /** 8086 * The parent class. 8087 */ 8088 GObjectClass parentClass; 8089 /** */ 8090 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintOperationResult result) done; 8091 /** */ 8092 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) beginPrint; 8093 /** */ 8094 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) paginate; 8095 /** */ 8096 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context, int pageNr, GtkPageSetup* setup) requestPageSetup; 8097 /** */ 8098 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context, int pageNr) drawPage; 8099 /** */ 8100 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) endPrint; 8101 /** */ 8102 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation) statusChanged; 8103 /** */ 8104 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkPrintOperation* operation) createCustomWidget; 8105 /** */ 8106 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkWidget* widget) customWidgetApply; 8107 /** */ 8108 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context, GtkWindow* parent) preview; 8109 /** */ 8110 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkWidget* widget, GtkPageSetup* setup, GtkPrintSettings* settings) updateCustomWidget; 8111 /** */ 8112 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8113 /** */ 8114 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8115 /** */ 8116 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8117 /** */ 8118 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8119 /** */ 8120 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 8121 /** */ 8122 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 8123 /** */ 8124 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 8125 /** */ 8126 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 8127 } 8128 8129 struct GtkPrintOperationPreview; 8130 8131 struct GtkPrintOperationPreviewIface 8132 { 8133 GTypeInterface gIface; 8134 /** */ 8135 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context) ready; 8136 /** */ 8137 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context, GtkPageSetup* pageSetup) gotPageSize; 8138 /** */ 8139 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, int pageNr) renderPage; 8140 /** 8141 * 8142 * Params: 8143 * preview = a #GtkPrintOperationPreview 8144 * pageNr = a page number 8145 * Return: %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing 8146 */ 8147 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, int pageNr) isSelected; 8148 /** */ 8149 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview) endPreview; 8150 /** */ 8151 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8152 /** */ 8153 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8154 /** */ 8155 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8156 /** */ 8157 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8158 /** */ 8159 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 8160 /** */ 8161 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 8162 /** */ 8163 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 8164 /** */ 8165 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 8166 } 8167 8168 struct GtkPrintOperationPrivate; 8169 8170 struct GtkPrintSettings; 8171 8172 struct GtkProgressBar 8173 { 8174 GtkWidget parent; 8175 GtkProgressBarPrivate* priv; 8176 } 8177 8178 struct GtkProgressBarAccessible 8179 { 8180 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 8181 GtkProgressBarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8182 } 8183 8184 struct GtkProgressBarAccessibleClass 8185 { 8186 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 8187 } 8188 8189 struct GtkProgressBarAccessiblePrivate; 8190 8191 struct GtkProgressBarClass 8192 { 8193 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 8194 /** */ 8195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8196 /** */ 8197 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8198 /** */ 8199 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8200 /** */ 8201 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8202 } 8203 8204 struct GtkProgressBarPrivate; 8205 8206 struct GtkRadioAction 8207 { 8208 GtkToggleAction parent; 8209 GtkRadioActionPrivate* privateData; 8210 } 8211 8212 struct GtkRadioActionClass 8213 { 8214 GtkToggleActionClass parentClass; 8215 /** */ 8216 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioAction* action, GtkRadioAction* current) changed; 8217 /** */ 8218 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8219 /** */ 8220 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8221 /** */ 8222 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8223 /** */ 8224 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8225 } 8226 8227 /** 8228 * #GtkRadioActionEntry structs are used with 8229 * gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() to construct groups of radio actions. 8230 */ 8231 struct GtkRadioActionEntry 8232 { 8233 /** 8234 * The name of the action. 8235 */ 8236 const(char)* name; 8237 /** 8238 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 8239 * icon theme. 8240 */ 8241 const(char)* stockId; 8242 /** 8243 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 8244 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 8245 */ 8246 const(char)* label; 8247 /** 8248 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 8249 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 8250 */ 8251 const(char)* accelerator; 8252 /** 8253 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 8254 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 8255 */ 8256 const(char)* tooltip; 8257 /** 8258 * The value to set on the radio action. See 8259 * gtk_radio_action_get_current_value(). 8260 */ 8261 int value; 8262 } 8263 8264 struct GtkRadioActionPrivate; 8265 8266 struct GtkRadioButton 8267 { 8268 GtkCheckButton checkButton; 8269 GtkRadioButtonPrivate* priv; 8270 } 8271 8272 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessible 8273 { 8274 GtkToggleButtonAccessible parent; 8275 GtkRadioButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8276 } 8277 8278 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessibleClass 8279 { 8280 GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 8281 } 8282 8283 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessiblePrivate; 8284 8285 struct GtkRadioButtonClass 8286 { 8287 GtkCheckButtonClass parentClass; 8288 /** */ 8289 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioButton* radioButton) groupChanged; 8290 /** */ 8291 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8292 /** */ 8293 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8294 /** */ 8295 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8296 /** */ 8297 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8298 } 8299 8300 struct GtkRadioButtonPrivate; 8301 8302 struct GtkRadioMenuItem 8303 { 8304 GtkCheckMenuItem checkMenuItem; 8305 GtkRadioMenuItemPrivate* priv; 8306 } 8307 8308 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessible 8309 { 8310 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible parent; 8311 GtkRadioMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8312 } 8313 8314 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessibleClass 8315 { 8316 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessibleClass parentClass; 8317 } 8318 8319 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 8320 8321 struct GtkRadioMenuItemClass 8322 { 8323 GtkCheckMenuItemClass parentClass; 8324 /** */ 8325 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioMenuItem* radioMenuItem) groupChanged; 8326 /** */ 8327 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8328 /** */ 8329 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8330 /** */ 8331 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8332 /** */ 8333 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8334 } 8335 8336 struct GtkRadioMenuItemPrivate; 8337 8338 struct GtkRadioToolButton 8339 { 8340 GtkToggleToolButton parent; 8341 } 8342 8343 struct GtkRadioToolButtonClass 8344 { 8345 GtkToggleToolButtonClass parentClass; 8346 /** */ 8347 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8348 /** */ 8349 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8350 /** */ 8351 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8352 /** */ 8353 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8354 } 8355 8356 struct GtkRange 8357 { 8358 GtkWidget widget; 8359 GtkRangePrivate* priv; 8360 } 8361 8362 struct GtkRangeAccessible 8363 { 8364 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 8365 GtkRangeAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8366 } 8367 8368 struct GtkRangeAccessibleClass 8369 { 8370 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 8371 } 8372 8373 struct GtkRangeAccessiblePrivate; 8374 8375 struct GtkRangeClass 8376 { 8377 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 8378 char* sliderDetail; 8379 char* stepperDetail; 8380 /** */ 8381 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range) valueChanged; 8382 /** */ 8383 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, double newValue) adjustBounds; 8384 /** */ 8385 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, GtkScrollType scroll) moveSlider; 8386 /** */ 8387 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, GtkBorder* border) getRangeBorder; 8388 /** */ 8389 extern(C) int function(GtkRange* range, GtkScrollType scroll, double newValue) changeValue; 8390 /** */ 8391 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, GtkOrientation orientation, int* minimum, int* natural) getRangeSizeRequest; 8392 /** */ 8393 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8394 /** */ 8395 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8396 /** */ 8397 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8398 } 8399 8400 struct GtkRangePrivate; 8401 8402 struct GtkRcContext; 8403 8404 /** 8405 * Deprecated 8406 */ 8407 struct GtkRcProperty 8408 { 8409 /** 8410 * quark-ified type identifier 8411 */ 8412 GQuark typeName; 8413 /** 8414 * quark-ified property identifier like 8415 * “GtkScrollbar::spacing” 8416 */ 8417 GQuark propertyName; 8418 /** 8419 * field similar to one found in #GtkSettingsValue 8420 */ 8421 char* origin; 8422 /** 8423 * field similar to one found in #GtkSettingsValue 8424 */ 8425 GValue value; 8426 } 8427 8428 struct GtkRcStyle 8429 { 8430 GObject parentInstance; 8431 /** 8432 * Name 8433 */ 8434 char* name; 8435 /** 8436 * Pixmap name 8437 */ 8438 char*[5] bgPixmapName; 8439 /** 8440 * A #PangoFontDescription 8441 */ 8442 PangoFontDescription* fontDesc; 8443 /** 8444 * #GtkRcFlags 8445 */ 8446 GtkRcFlags[5] colorFlags; 8447 /** 8448 * Foreground colors 8449 */ 8450 GdkColor[5] fg; 8451 /** 8452 * Background colors 8453 */ 8454 GdkColor[5] bg; 8455 /** 8456 * Text colors 8457 */ 8458 GdkColor[5] text; 8459 /** 8460 * Base colors 8461 */ 8462 GdkColor[5] base; 8463 /** 8464 * X thickness 8465 */ 8466 int xthickness; 8467 /** 8468 * Y thickness 8469 */ 8470 int ythickness; 8471 GArray* rcProperties; 8472 GSList* rcStyleLists; 8473 GSList* iconFactories; 8474 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 8475 mixin(bitfields!( 8476 uint, "engineSpecified", 1, 8477 uint, "", 31 8478 )); 8479 } 8480 8481 struct GtkRcStyleClass 8482 { 8483 /** 8484 * The parent class. 8485 */ 8486 GObjectClass parentClass; 8487 /** */ 8488 extern(C) GtkRcStyle* function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) createRcStyle; 8489 /** */ 8490 extern(C) uint function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle, GtkSettings* settings, GScanner* scanner) parse; 8491 /** */ 8492 extern(C) void function(GtkRcStyle* dest, GtkRcStyle* src) merge; 8493 /** */ 8494 extern(C) GtkStyle* function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) createStyle; 8495 /** */ 8496 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8497 /** */ 8498 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8499 /** */ 8500 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8501 /** */ 8502 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8503 } 8504 8505 struct GtkRecentAction 8506 { 8507 GtkAction parentInstance; 8508 GtkRecentActionPrivate* priv; 8509 } 8510 8511 struct GtkRecentActionClass 8512 { 8513 GtkActionClass parentClass; 8514 /** */ 8515 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8516 /** */ 8517 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8518 /** */ 8519 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8520 /** */ 8521 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8522 } 8523 8524 struct GtkRecentActionPrivate; 8525 8526 struct GtkRecentChooser; 8527 8528 struct GtkRecentChooserDialog 8529 { 8530 GtkDialog parentInstance; 8531 GtkRecentChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 8532 } 8533 8534 struct GtkRecentChooserDialogClass 8535 { 8536 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 8537 /** */ 8538 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8539 /** */ 8540 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8541 /** */ 8542 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8543 /** */ 8544 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8545 } 8546 8547 struct GtkRecentChooserDialogPrivate; 8548 8549 struct GtkRecentChooserIface 8550 { 8551 GTypeInterface baseIface; 8552 /** 8553 * 8554 * Params: 8555 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 8556 * uri = a URI 8557 * Return: %TRUE if the URI was found. 8558 * 8559 * Throws: GException on failure. 8560 */ 8561 extern(C) int function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri, GError** err) setCurrentUri; 8562 /** 8563 * 8564 * Params: 8565 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 8566 * Return: a newly allocated string holding a URI. 8567 */ 8568 extern(C) char* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getCurrentUri; 8569 /** 8570 * 8571 * Params: 8572 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 8573 * uri = a URI 8574 * Return: %TRUE if @uri was found. 8575 * 8576 * Throws: GException on failure. 8577 */ 8578 extern(C) int function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri, GError** err) selectUri; 8579 /** */ 8580 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri) unselectUri; 8581 /** */ 8582 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) selectAll; 8583 /** */ 8584 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) unselectAll; 8585 /** 8586 * 8587 * Params: 8588 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 8589 * Return: A newly allocated 8590 * list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should 8591 * use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free 8592 * the list itself using g_list_free(). 8593 */ 8594 extern(C) GList* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getItems; 8595 /** */ 8596 extern(C) GtkRecentManager* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getRecentManager; 8597 /** */ 8598 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentFilter* filter) addFilter; 8599 /** */ 8600 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentFilter* filter) removeFilter; 8601 /** 8602 * 8603 * Params: 8604 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 8605 * Return: A singly linked list 8606 * of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You 8607 * should just free the returned list using g_slist_free(). 8608 */ 8609 extern(C) GSList* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) listFilters; 8610 /** */ 8611 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentSortFunc sortFunc, void* sortData, GDestroyNotify dataDestroy) setSortFunc; 8612 /** */ 8613 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) itemActivated; 8614 /** */ 8615 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) selectionChanged; 8616 } 8617 8618 struct GtkRecentChooserMenu 8619 { 8620 GtkMenu parentInstance; 8621 GtkRecentChooserMenuPrivate* priv; 8622 } 8623 8624 struct GtkRecentChooserMenuClass 8625 { 8626 GtkMenuClass parentClass; 8627 /** */ 8628 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent1; 8629 /** */ 8630 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent2; 8631 /** */ 8632 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent3; 8633 /** */ 8634 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent4; 8635 } 8636 8637 struct GtkRecentChooserMenuPrivate; 8638 8639 struct GtkRecentChooserWidget 8640 { 8641 GtkBox parentInstance; 8642 GtkRecentChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 8643 } 8644 8645 struct GtkRecentChooserWidgetClass 8646 { 8647 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 8648 /** */ 8649 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8650 /** */ 8651 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8652 /** */ 8653 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8654 /** */ 8655 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8656 } 8657 8658 struct GtkRecentChooserWidgetPrivate; 8659 8660 /** 8661 * Meta-data to be passed to gtk_recent_manager_add_full() when 8662 * registering a recently used resource. 8663 */ 8664 struct GtkRecentData 8665 { 8666 /** 8667 * a UTF-8 encoded string, containing the name of the recently 8668 * used resource to be displayed, or %NULL; 8669 */ 8670 char* displayName; 8671 /** 8672 * a UTF-8 encoded string, containing a short description of 8673 * the resource, or %NULL; 8674 */ 8675 char* description; 8676 /** 8677 * the MIME type of the resource; 8678 */ 8679 char* mimeType; 8680 /** 8681 * the name of the application that is registering this recently 8682 * used resource; 8683 */ 8684 char* appName; 8685 /** 8686 * command line used to launch this resource; may contain the 8687 * “\%f” and “\%u” escape characters which will be expanded 8688 * to the resource file path and URI respectively when the command line 8689 * is retrieved; 8690 */ 8691 char* appExec; 8692 /** 8693 * a vector of strings containing 8694 * groups names; 8695 */ 8696 char** groups; 8697 /** 8698 * whether this resource should be displayed only by the 8699 * applications that have registered it or not. 8700 */ 8701 bool isPrivate; 8702 } 8703 8704 struct GtkRecentFilter; 8705 8706 /** 8707 * A GtkRecentFilterInfo struct is used 8708 * to pass information about the tested file to gtk_recent_filter_filter(). 8709 */ 8710 struct GtkRecentFilterInfo 8711 { 8712 /** 8713 * #GtkRecentFilterFlags to indicate which fields are set. 8714 */ 8715 GtkRecentFilterFlags contains; 8716 /** 8717 * The URI of the file being tested. 8718 */ 8719 const(char)* uri; 8720 /** 8721 * The string that will be used to display 8722 * the file in the recent chooser. 8723 */ 8724 const(char)* displayName; 8725 /** 8726 * MIME type of the file. 8727 */ 8728 const(char)* mimeType; 8729 /** 8730 * The list of 8731 * applications that have registered the file. 8732 */ 8733 char** applications; 8734 /** 8735 * The groups to which 8736 * the file belongs to. 8737 */ 8738 char** groups; 8739 /** 8740 * The number of days elapsed since the file has been 8741 * registered. 8742 */ 8743 int age; 8744 } 8745 8746 struct GtkRecentInfo; 8747 8748 struct GtkRecentManager 8749 { 8750 GObject parentInstance; 8751 GtkRecentManagerPrivate* priv; 8752 } 8753 8754 /** 8755 * #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data. 8756 * 8757 * Since: 2.10 8758 */ 8759 struct GtkRecentManagerClass 8760 { 8761 GObjectClass parentClass; 8762 /** */ 8763 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentManager* manager) changed; 8764 /** */ 8765 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent1; 8766 /** */ 8767 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent2; 8768 /** */ 8769 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent3; 8770 /** */ 8771 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent4; 8772 } 8773 8774 struct GtkRecentManagerPrivate; 8775 8776 struct GtkRendererCellAccessible 8777 { 8778 GtkCellAccessible parent; 8779 GtkRendererCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8780 } 8781 8782 struct GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass 8783 { 8784 GtkCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 8785 } 8786 8787 struct GtkRendererCellAccessiblePrivate; 8788 8789 /** 8790 * Represents a request of a screen object in a given orientation. These 8791 * are primarily used in container implementations when allocating a natural 8792 * size for children calling. See gtk_distribute_natural_allocation(). 8793 */ 8794 struct GtkRequestedSize 8795 { 8796 /** 8797 * A client pointer 8798 */ 8799 void* data; 8800 /** 8801 * The minimum size needed for allocation in a given orientation 8802 */ 8803 int minimumSize; 8804 /** 8805 * The natural size for allocation in a given orientation 8806 */ 8807 int naturalSize; 8808 } 8809 8810 struct GtkRequisition 8811 { 8812 /** 8813 * the widget’s desired width 8814 */ 8815 int width; 8816 /** 8817 * the widget’s desired height 8818 */ 8819 int height; 8820 } 8821 8822 struct GtkRevealer 8823 { 8824 GtkBin parentInstance; 8825 } 8826 8827 struct GtkRevealerClass 8828 { 8829 /** 8830 * The parent class. 8831 */ 8832 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8833 } 8834 8835 struct GtkScale 8836 { 8837 GtkRange range; 8838 GtkScalePrivate* priv; 8839 } 8840 8841 struct GtkScaleAccessible 8842 { 8843 GtkRangeAccessible parent; 8844 GtkScaleAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8845 } 8846 8847 struct GtkScaleAccessibleClass 8848 { 8849 GtkRangeAccessibleClass parentClass; 8850 } 8851 8852 struct GtkScaleAccessiblePrivate; 8853 8854 struct GtkScaleButton 8855 { 8856 GtkButton parent; 8857 GtkScaleButtonPrivate* priv; 8858 } 8859 8860 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessible 8861 { 8862 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 8863 GtkScaleButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8864 } 8865 8866 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessibleClass 8867 { 8868 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 8869 } 8870 8871 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessiblePrivate; 8872 8873 struct GtkScaleButtonClass 8874 { 8875 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 8876 /** */ 8877 extern(C) void function(GtkScaleButton* button, double value) valueChanged; 8878 /** */ 8879 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8880 /** */ 8881 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8882 /** */ 8883 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8884 /** */ 8885 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8886 } 8887 8888 struct GtkScaleButtonPrivate; 8889 8890 struct GtkScaleClass 8891 { 8892 GtkRangeClass parentClass; 8893 /** */ 8894 extern(C) char* function(GtkScale* scale, double value) formatValue; 8895 /** */ 8896 extern(C) void function(GtkScale* scale) drawValue; 8897 /** */ 8898 extern(C) void function(GtkScale* scale, int* x, int* y) getLayoutOffsets; 8899 /** */ 8900 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8901 /** */ 8902 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8903 /** */ 8904 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8905 /** */ 8906 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8907 } 8908 8909 struct GtkScalePrivate; 8910 8911 struct GtkScrollable; 8912 8913 struct GtkScrollableInterface 8914 { 8915 GTypeInterface baseIface; 8916 /** 8917 * 8918 * Params: 8919 * scrollable = a #GtkScrollable 8920 * border = return location for the results 8921 * Return: %TRUE if @border has been set 8922 */ 8923 extern(C) int function(GtkScrollable* scrollable, GtkBorder* border) getBorder; 8924 } 8925 8926 struct GtkScrollbar 8927 { 8928 GtkRange range; 8929 } 8930 8931 struct GtkScrollbarClass 8932 { 8933 GtkRangeClass parentClass; 8934 /** */ 8935 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8936 /** */ 8937 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8938 /** */ 8939 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8940 /** */ 8941 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8942 } 8943 8944 struct GtkScrolledWindow 8945 { 8946 GtkBin container; 8947 GtkScrolledWindowPrivate* priv; 8948 } 8949 8950 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessible 8951 { 8952 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 8953 GtkScrolledWindowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8954 } 8955 8956 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessibleClass 8957 { 8958 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 8959 } 8960 8961 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessiblePrivate; 8962 8963 struct GtkScrolledWindowClass 8964 { 8965 /** 8966 * The parent class. 8967 */ 8968 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8969 int scrollbarSpacing; 8970 /** */ 8971 extern(C) int function(GtkScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow, GtkScrollType scroll, int horizontal) scrollChild; 8972 /** */ 8973 extern(C) void function(GtkScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocusOut; 8974 /** */ 8975 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8976 /** */ 8977 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8978 /** */ 8979 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8980 /** */ 8981 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8982 } 8983 8984 struct GtkScrolledWindowPrivate; 8985 8986 struct GtkSearchBar 8987 { 8988 GtkBin parent; 8989 } 8990 8991 struct GtkSearchBarClass 8992 { 8993 /** 8994 * The parent class. 8995 */ 8996 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8997 /** */ 8998 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8999 /** */ 9000 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9001 /** */ 9002 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9003 /** */ 9004 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9005 } 9006 9007 struct GtkSearchEntry 9008 { 9009 GtkEntry parent; 9010 } 9011 9012 struct GtkSearchEntryClass 9013 { 9014 GtkEntryClass parentClass; 9015 /** */ 9016 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) searchChanged; 9017 /** */ 9018 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) nextMatch; 9019 /** */ 9020 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) previousMatch; 9021 /** */ 9022 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) stopSearch; 9023 } 9024 9025 struct GtkSelectionData; 9026 9027 struct GtkSeparator 9028 { 9029 GtkWidget widget; 9030 GtkSeparatorPrivate* priv; 9031 } 9032 9033 struct GtkSeparatorClass 9034 { 9035 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 9036 /** */ 9037 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9038 /** */ 9039 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9040 /** */ 9041 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9042 /** */ 9043 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9044 } 9045 9046 struct GtkSeparatorMenuItem 9047 { 9048 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 9049 } 9050 9051 struct GtkSeparatorMenuItemClass 9052 { 9053 /** 9054 * The parent class. 9055 */ 9056 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 9057 /** */ 9058 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9059 /** */ 9060 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9061 /** */ 9062 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9063 /** */ 9064 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9065 } 9066 9067 struct GtkSeparatorPrivate; 9068 9069 struct GtkSeparatorToolItem 9070 { 9071 GtkToolItem parent; 9072 GtkSeparatorToolItemPrivate* priv; 9073 } 9074 9075 struct GtkSeparatorToolItemClass 9076 { 9077 /** 9078 * The parent class. 9079 */ 9080 GtkToolItemClass parentClass; 9081 /** */ 9082 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9083 /** */ 9084 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9085 /** */ 9086 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9087 /** */ 9088 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9089 } 9090 9091 struct GtkSeparatorToolItemPrivate; 9092 9093 struct GtkSettings 9094 { 9095 GObject parentInstance; 9096 GtkSettingsPrivate* priv; 9097 } 9098 9099 struct GtkSettingsClass 9100 { 9101 GObjectClass parentClass; 9102 /** */ 9103 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9104 /** */ 9105 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9106 /** */ 9107 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9108 /** */ 9109 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9110 } 9111 9112 struct GtkSettingsPrivate; 9113 9114 struct GtkSettingsValue 9115 { 9116 /** 9117 * Origin should be something like “filename:linenumber” for 9118 * rc files, or e.g. “XProperty” for other sources. 9119 */ 9120 char* origin; 9121 /** 9122 * Valid types are LONG, DOUBLE and STRING corresponding to 9123 * the token parsed, or a GSTRING holding an unparsed statement 9124 */ 9125 GValue value; 9126 } 9127 9128 struct GtkShortcutLabel; 9129 9130 struct GtkShortcutLabelClass; 9131 9132 struct GtkShortcutsGroup; 9133 9134 struct GtkShortcutsGroupClass; 9135 9136 struct GtkShortcutsSection; 9137 9138 struct GtkShortcutsSectionClass; 9139 9140 struct GtkShortcutsShortcut; 9141 9142 struct GtkShortcutsShortcutClass; 9143 9144 struct GtkShortcutsWindow 9145 { 9146 GtkWindow window; 9147 } 9148 9149 struct GtkShortcutsWindowClass 9150 { 9151 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 9152 /** */ 9153 extern(C) void function(GtkShortcutsWindow* self) close; 9154 /** */ 9155 extern(C) void function(GtkShortcutsWindow* self) search; 9156 } 9157 9158 struct GtkSizeGroup 9159 { 9160 GObject parentInstance; 9161 GtkSizeGroupPrivate* priv; 9162 } 9163 9164 struct GtkSizeGroupClass 9165 { 9166 GObjectClass parentClass; 9167 /** */ 9168 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9169 /** */ 9170 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9171 /** */ 9172 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9173 /** */ 9174 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9175 } 9176 9177 struct GtkSizeGroupPrivate; 9178 9179 struct GtkSocket 9180 { 9181 GtkContainer container; 9182 GtkSocketPrivate* priv; 9183 } 9184 9185 struct GtkSocketClass 9186 { 9187 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9188 /** */ 9189 extern(C) void function(GtkSocket* socket) plugAdded; 9190 /** */ 9191 extern(C) int function(GtkSocket* socket) plugRemoved; 9192 /** */ 9193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9194 /** */ 9195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9196 /** */ 9197 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9198 /** */ 9199 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9200 } 9201 9202 struct GtkSocketPrivate; 9203 9204 struct GtkSpinButton 9205 { 9206 GtkEntry entry; 9207 GtkSpinButtonPrivate* priv; 9208 } 9209 9210 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessible 9211 { 9212 GtkEntryAccessible parent; 9213 GtkSpinButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9214 } 9215 9216 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessibleClass 9217 { 9218 GtkEntryAccessibleClass parentClass; 9219 } 9220 9221 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessiblePrivate; 9222 9223 struct GtkSpinButtonClass 9224 { 9225 GtkEntryClass parentClass; 9226 /** */ 9227 extern(C) int function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton, double* newValue) input; 9228 /** */ 9229 extern(C) int function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) output; 9230 /** */ 9231 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) valueChanged; 9232 /** */ 9233 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton, GtkScrollType scroll) changeValue; 9234 /** */ 9235 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) wrapped; 9236 /** */ 9237 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9238 /** */ 9239 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9240 /** */ 9241 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9242 /** */ 9243 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9244 } 9245 9246 struct GtkSpinButtonPrivate; 9247 9248 struct GtkSpinner 9249 { 9250 GtkWidget parent; 9251 GtkSpinnerPrivate* priv; 9252 } 9253 9254 struct GtkSpinnerAccessible 9255 { 9256 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 9257 GtkSpinnerAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9258 } 9259 9260 struct GtkSpinnerAccessibleClass 9261 { 9262 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 9263 } 9264 9265 struct GtkSpinnerAccessiblePrivate; 9266 9267 struct GtkSpinnerClass 9268 { 9269 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 9270 /** */ 9271 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9272 /** */ 9273 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9274 /** */ 9275 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9276 /** */ 9277 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9278 } 9279 9280 struct GtkSpinnerPrivate; 9281 9282 struct GtkStack 9283 { 9284 GtkContainer parentInstance; 9285 } 9286 9287 struct GtkStackAccessible 9288 { 9289 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 9290 } 9291 9292 struct GtkStackAccessibleClass 9293 { 9294 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 9295 } 9296 9297 struct GtkStackClass 9298 { 9299 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9300 } 9301 9302 struct GtkStackSidebar 9303 { 9304 GtkBin parent; 9305 } 9306 9307 struct GtkStackSidebarClass 9308 { 9309 GtkBinClass parentClass; 9310 /** */ 9311 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9312 /** */ 9313 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9314 /** */ 9315 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9316 /** */ 9317 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9318 } 9319 9320 struct GtkStackSidebarPrivate; 9321 9322 struct GtkStackSwitcher 9323 { 9324 GtkBox widget; 9325 } 9326 9327 struct GtkStackSwitcherClass 9328 { 9329 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 9330 /** */ 9331 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9332 /** */ 9333 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9334 /** */ 9335 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9336 /** */ 9337 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9338 } 9339 9340 struct GtkStatusIcon 9341 { 9342 GObject parentInstance; 9343 GtkStatusIconPrivate* priv; 9344 } 9345 9346 struct GtkStatusIconClass 9347 { 9348 GObjectClass parentClass; 9349 /** */ 9350 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon) activate; 9351 /** */ 9352 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, uint button, uint activateTime) popupMenu; 9353 /** */ 9354 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, int size) sizeChanged; 9355 /** */ 9356 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventButton* event) buttonPressEvent; 9357 /** */ 9358 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventButton* event) buttonReleaseEvent; 9359 /** */ 9360 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventScroll* event) scrollEvent; 9361 /** */ 9362 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, int x, int y, int keyboardMode, GtkTooltip* tooltip) queryTooltip; 9363 void* GtkReserved1; 9364 void* GtkReserved2; 9365 void* GtkReserved3; 9366 void* GtkReserved4; 9367 } 9368 9369 struct GtkStatusIconPrivate; 9370 9371 struct GtkStatusbar 9372 { 9373 GtkBox parentWidget; 9374 GtkStatusbarPrivate* priv; 9375 } 9376 9377 struct GtkStatusbarAccessible 9378 { 9379 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 9380 GtkStatusbarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9381 } 9382 9383 struct GtkStatusbarAccessibleClass 9384 { 9385 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 9386 } 9387 9388 struct GtkStatusbarAccessiblePrivate; 9389 9390 struct GtkStatusbarClass 9391 { 9392 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 9393 void* reserved; 9394 /** */ 9395 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusbar* statusbar, uint contextId, const(char)* text) textPushed; 9396 /** */ 9397 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusbar* statusbar, uint contextId, const(char)* text) textPopped; 9398 /** */ 9399 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9400 /** */ 9401 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9402 /** */ 9403 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9404 /** */ 9405 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9406 } 9407 9408 struct GtkStatusbarPrivate; 9409 9410 struct GtkStockItem 9411 { 9412 /** 9413 * Identifier. 9414 */ 9415 char* stockId; 9416 /** 9417 * User visible label. 9418 */ 9419 char* label; 9420 /** 9421 * Modifier type for keyboard accelerator 9422 */ 9423 GdkModifierType modifier; 9424 /** 9425 * Keyboard accelerator 9426 */ 9427 uint keyval; 9428 /** 9429 * Translation domain of the menu or toolbar item 9430 */ 9431 char* translationDomain; 9432 } 9433 9434 struct GtkStyle 9435 { 9436 GObject parentInstance; 9437 /** 9438 * Set of foreground #GdkColor 9439 */ 9440 GdkColor[5] fg; 9441 /** 9442 * Set of background #GdkColor 9443 */ 9444 GdkColor[5] bg; 9445 /** 9446 * Set of light #GdkColor 9447 */ 9448 GdkColor[5] light; 9449 /** 9450 * Set of dark #GdkColor 9451 */ 9452 GdkColor[5] dark; 9453 /** 9454 * Set of mid #GdkColor 9455 */ 9456 GdkColor[5] mid; 9457 /** 9458 * Set of text #GdkColor 9459 */ 9460 GdkColor[5] text; 9461 /** 9462 * Set of base #GdkColor 9463 */ 9464 GdkColor[5] base; 9465 /** 9466 * Color halfway between text/base 9467 */ 9468 GdkColor[5] textAa; 9469 /** 9470 * #GdkColor to use for black 9471 */ 9472 GdkColor black; 9473 /** 9474 * #GdkColor to use for white 9475 */ 9476 GdkColor white; 9477 /** 9478 * #PangoFontDescription 9479 */ 9480 PangoFontDescription* fontDesc; 9481 /** 9482 * Thickness in X direction 9483 */ 9484 int xthickness; 9485 /** 9486 * Thickness in Y direction 9487 */ 9488 int ythickness; 9489 /** 9490 * Set of background #cairo_pattern_t 9491 */ 9492 cairo_pattern_t*[5] background; 9493 int attachCount; 9494 GdkVisual* visual; 9495 PangoFontDescription* privateFontDesc; 9496 GtkRcStyle* rcStyle; 9497 GSList* styles; 9498 GArray* propertyCache; 9499 GSList* iconFactories; 9500 } 9501 9502 struct GtkStyleClass 9503 { 9504 /** 9505 * The parent class. 9506 */ 9507 GObjectClass parentClass; 9508 /** */ 9509 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style) realize; 9510 /** */ 9511 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style) unrealize; 9512 /** */ 9513 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GtkStyle* src) copy; 9514 /** */ 9515 extern(C) GtkStyle* function(GtkStyle* style) clone; 9516 /** */ 9517 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) initFromRc; 9518 /** */ 9519 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GdkWindow* window, GtkStateType stateType) setBackground; 9520 /** 9521 * 9522 * Params: 9523 * style = a #GtkStyle 9524 * source = the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render 9525 * direction = a text direction 9526 * state = a state 9527 * size = the size to render the icon at (#GtkIconSize). A size of 9528 * `(GtkIconSize)-1` means render at the size of the source and 9529 * don’t scale. 9530 * widget = the widget 9531 * detail = a style detail 9532 * Return: a newly-created #GdkPixbuf 9533 * containing the rendered icon 9534 */ 9535 extern(C) GdkPixbuf* function(GtkStyle* style, GtkIconSource* source, GtkTextDirection direction, GtkStateType state, GtkIconSize size, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail) renderIcon; 9536 /** */ 9537 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x1, int x2, int y) drawHline; 9538 /** */ 9539 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int y1, int y2, int x) drawVline; 9540 /** */ 9541 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawShadow; 9542 /** */ 9543 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, GtkArrowType arrowType, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawArrow; 9544 /** */ 9545 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawDiamond; 9546 /** */ 9547 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawBox; 9548 /** */ 9549 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawFlatBox; 9550 /** */ 9551 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawCheck; 9552 /** */ 9553 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawOption; 9554 /** */ 9555 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawTab; 9556 /** */ 9557 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide, int gapX, int gapWidth) drawShadowGap; 9558 /** */ 9559 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide, int gapX, int gapWidth) drawBoxGap; 9560 /** */ 9561 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide) drawExtension; 9562 /** */ 9563 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawFocus; 9564 /** */ 9565 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkOrientation orientation) drawSlider; 9566 /** */ 9567 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkOrientation orientation) drawHandle; 9568 /** */ 9569 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, GtkExpanderStyle expanderStyle) drawExpander; 9570 /** */ 9571 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, int useText, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, PangoLayout* layout) drawLayout; 9572 /** */ 9573 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, GdkWindowEdge edge, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawResizeGrip; 9574 /** */ 9575 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, uint step, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawSpinner; 9576 /** */ 9577 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9578 /** */ 9579 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9580 /** */ 9581 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9582 /** */ 9583 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9584 /** */ 9585 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 9586 /** */ 9587 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 9588 /** */ 9589 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 9590 /** */ 9591 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 9592 /** */ 9593 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved9; 9594 /** */ 9595 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved10; 9596 /** */ 9597 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved11; 9598 } 9599 9600 struct GtkStyleContext 9601 { 9602 GObject parentObject; 9603 GtkStyleContextPrivate* priv; 9604 } 9605 9606 struct GtkStyleContextClass 9607 { 9608 GObjectClass parentClass; 9609 /** */ 9610 extern(C) void function(GtkStyleContext* context) changed; 9611 /** */ 9612 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9613 /** */ 9614 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9615 /** */ 9616 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9617 /** */ 9618 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9619 } 9620 9621 struct GtkStyleContextPrivate; 9622 9623 struct GtkStyleProperties 9624 { 9625 GObject parentObject; 9626 GtkStylePropertiesPrivate* priv; 9627 } 9628 9629 struct GtkStylePropertiesClass 9630 { 9631 GObjectClass parentClass; 9632 /** */ 9633 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9634 /** */ 9635 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9636 /** */ 9637 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9638 /** */ 9639 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9640 } 9641 9642 struct GtkStylePropertiesPrivate; 9643 9644 struct GtkStyleProvider; 9645 9646 struct GtkStyleProviderIface 9647 { 9648 GTypeInterface gIface; 9649 /** 9650 * 9651 * Params: 9652 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 9653 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 9654 * Return: a #GtkStyleProperties containing the 9655 * style settings affecting @path 9656 */ 9657 extern(C) GtkStyleProperties* function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path) getStyle; 9658 /** 9659 * 9660 * Params: 9661 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 9662 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 9663 * state = state to query the style property for 9664 * pspec = The #GParamSpec to query 9665 * value = return location for the property value 9666 * Return: %TRUE if the property was found and has a value, %FALSE otherwise 9667 */ 9668 extern(C) int function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path, GtkStateFlags state, GParamSpec* pspec, GValue* value) getStyleProperty; 9669 /** 9670 * 9671 * Params: 9672 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 9673 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 9674 * Return: The icon factory to use for @path, or %NULL 9675 */ 9676 extern(C) GtkIconFactory* function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path) getIconFactory; 9677 } 9678 9679 struct GtkSwitch 9680 { 9681 GtkWidget parentInstance; 9682 GtkSwitchPrivate* priv; 9683 } 9684 9685 struct GtkSwitchAccessible 9686 { 9687 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 9688 GtkSwitchAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9689 } 9690 9691 struct GtkSwitchAccessibleClass 9692 { 9693 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 9694 } 9695 9696 struct GtkSwitchAccessiblePrivate; 9697 9698 struct GtkSwitchClass 9699 { 9700 /** 9701 * The parent class. 9702 */ 9703 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 9704 /** */ 9705 extern(C) void function(GtkSwitch* sw) activate; 9706 /** */ 9707 extern(C) int function(GtkSwitch* sw, int state) stateSet; 9708 /** */ 9709 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding1; 9710 /** */ 9711 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding2; 9712 /** */ 9713 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding3; 9714 /** */ 9715 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding4; 9716 /** */ 9717 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding5; 9718 } 9719 9720 struct GtkSwitchPrivate; 9721 9722 struct GtkSymbolicColor; 9723 9724 struct GtkTable 9725 { 9726 GtkContainer container; 9727 GtkTablePrivate* priv; 9728 } 9729 9730 struct GtkTableChild 9731 { 9732 GtkWidget* widget; 9733 ushort leftAttach; 9734 ushort rightAttach; 9735 ushort topAttach; 9736 ushort bottomAttach; 9737 ushort xpadding; 9738 ushort ypadding; 9739 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 9740 mixin(bitfields!( 9741 uint, "xexpand", 1, 9742 uint, "yexpand", 1, 9743 uint, "xshrink", 1, 9744 uint, "yshrink", 1, 9745 uint, "xfill", 1, 9746 uint, "yfill", 1, 9747 uint, "", 26 9748 )); 9749 } 9750 9751 struct GtkTableClass 9752 { 9753 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9754 /** */ 9755 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9756 /** */ 9757 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9758 /** */ 9759 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9760 /** */ 9761 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9762 } 9763 9764 struct GtkTablePrivate; 9765 9766 struct GtkTableRowCol 9767 { 9768 ushort requisition; 9769 ushort allocation; 9770 ushort spacing; 9771 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 9772 mixin(bitfields!( 9773 uint, "needExpand", 1, 9774 uint, "needShrink", 1, 9775 uint, "expand", 1, 9776 uint, "shrink", 1, 9777 uint, "empty", 1, 9778 uint, "", 27 9779 )); 9780 } 9781 9782 struct GtkTargetEntry 9783 { 9784 /** 9785 * a string representation of the target type 9786 */ 9787 char* target; 9788 /** 9789 * #GtkTargetFlags for DND 9790 */ 9791 uint flags; 9792 /** 9793 * an application-assigned integer ID which will 9794 * get passed as a parameter to e.g the #GtkWidget::selection-get 9795 * signal. It allows the application to identify the target 9796 * type without extensive string compares. 9797 */ 9798 uint info; 9799 } 9800 9801 struct GtkTargetList; 9802 9803 /** 9804 * A #GtkTargetPair is used to represent the same 9805 * information as a table of #GtkTargetEntry, but in 9806 * an efficient form. 9807 */ 9808 struct GtkTargetPair 9809 { 9810 /** 9811 * #GdkAtom representation of the target type 9812 */ 9813 GdkAtom target; 9814 /** 9815 * #GtkTargetFlags for DND 9816 */ 9817 uint flags; 9818 /** 9819 * an application-assigned integer ID which will 9820 * get passed as a parameter to e.g the #GtkWidget::selection-get 9821 * signal. It allows the application to identify the target 9822 * type without extensive string compares. 9823 */ 9824 uint info; 9825 } 9826 9827 struct GtkTearoffMenuItem 9828 { 9829 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 9830 GtkTearoffMenuItemPrivate* priv; 9831 } 9832 9833 struct GtkTearoffMenuItemClass 9834 { 9835 /** 9836 * The parent class. 9837 */ 9838 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 9839 /** */ 9840 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9841 /** */ 9842 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9843 /** */ 9844 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9845 /** */ 9846 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9847 } 9848 9849 struct GtkTearoffMenuItemPrivate; 9850 9851 struct GtkTextAppearance 9852 { 9853 /** 9854 * Background #GdkColor. 9855 */ 9856 GdkColor bgColor; 9857 /** 9858 * Foreground #GdkColor. 9859 */ 9860 GdkColor fgColor; 9861 /** 9862 * Super/subscript rise, can be negative. 9863 */ 9864 int rise; 9865 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 9866 mixin(bitfields!( 9867 uint, "underline", 4, 9868 uint, "strikethrough", 1, 9869 uint, "drawBg", 1, 9870 uint, "insideSelection", 1, 9871 uint, "isText", 1, 9872 uint, "", 24 9873 )); 9874 union 9875 { 9876 GdkRGBA*[2] rgba; 9877 uint[4] padding; 9878 } 9879 } 9880 9881 struct GtkTextAttributes 9882 { 9883 uint refcount; 9884 /** 9885 * #GtkTextAppearance for text. 9886 */ 9887 GtkTextAppearance appearance; 9888 /** 9889 * #GtkJustification for text. 9890 */ 9891 GtkJustification justification; 9892 /** 9893 * #GtkTextDirection for text. 9894 */ 9895 GtkTextDirection direction; 9896 /** 9897 * #PangoFontDescription for text. 9898 */ 9899 PangoFontDescription* font; 9900 /** 9901 * Font scale factor. 9902 */ 9903 double fontScale; 9904 /** 9905 * Width of the left margin in pixels. 9906 */ 9907 int leftMargin; 9908 /** 9909 * Width of the right margin in pixels. 9910 */ 9911 int rightMargin; 9912 /** 9913 * Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels. 9914 */ 9915 int indent; 9916 /** 9917 * Pixels of blank space above paragraphs. 9918 */ 9919 int pixelsAboveLines; 9920 /** 9921 * Pixels of blank space below paragraphs. 9922 */ 9923 int pixelsBelowLines; 9924 /** 9925 * Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in 9926 * a paragraph. 9927 */ 9928 int pixelsInsideWrap; 9929 /** 9930 * Custom #PangoTabArray for this text. 9931 */ 9932 PangoTabArray* tabs; 9933 /** 9934 * #GtkWrapMode for text. 9935 */ 9936 GtkWrapMode wrapMode; 9937 /** 9938 * #PangoLanguage for text. 9939 */ 9940 PangoLanguage* language; 9941 GdkColor* pgBgColor; 9942 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 9943 mixin(bitfields!( 9944 uint, "invisible", 1, 9945 uint, "bgFullHeight", 1, 9946 uint, "editable", 1, 9947 uint, "noFallback", 1, 9948 uint, "", 28 9949 )); 9950 GdkRGBA* pgBgRgba; 9951 /** 9952 * Extra space to insert between graphemes, in Pango units 9953 */ 9954 int letterSpacing; 9955 union 9956 { 9957 char* fontFeatures; 9958 uint[2] padding; 9959 } 9960 } 9961 9962 struct GtkTextBTree; 9963 9964 struct GtkTextBuffer 9965 { 9966 GObject parentInstance; 9967 GtkTextBufferPrivate* priv; 9968 } 9969 9970 struct GtkTextBufferClass 9971 { 9972 /** 9973 * The object class structure needs to be the first. 9974 */ 9975 GObjectClass parentClass; 9976 /** */ 9977 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* pos, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength) insertText; 9978 /** */ 9979 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* iter, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf) insertPixbuf; 9980 /** */ 9981 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* iter, GtkTextChildAnchor* anchor) insertChildAnchor; 9982 /** */ 9983 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) deleteRange; 9984 /** */ 9985 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) changed; 9986 /** */ 9987 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) modifiedChanged; 9988 /** */ 9989 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* location, GtkTextMark* mark) markSet; 9990 /** */ 9991 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextMark* mark) markDeleted; 9992 /** */ 9993 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextTag* tag, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) applyTag; 9994 /** */ 9995 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextTag* tag, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) removeTag; 9996 /** */ 9997 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) beginUserAction; 9998 /** */ 9999 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) endUserAction; 10000 /** */ 10001 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkClipboard* clipboard) pasteDone; 10002 /** */ 10003 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10004 /** */ 10005 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10006 /** */ 10007 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10008 /** */ 10009 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10010 } 10011 10012 struct GtkTextBufferPrivate; 10013 10014 struct GtkTextCellAccessible 10015 { 10016 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 10017 GtkTextCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10018 } 10019 10020 struct GtkTextCellAccessibleClass 10021 { 10022 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 10023 } 10024 10025 struct GtkTextCellAccessiblePrivate; 10026 10027 struct GtkTextChildAnchor 10028 { 10029 GObject parentInstance; 10030 void* segment; 10031 } 10032 10033 struct GtkTextChildAnchorClass 10034 { 10035 GObjectClass parentClass; 10036 /** */ 10037 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10038 /** */ 10039 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10040 /** */ 10041 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10042 /** */ 10043 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10044 } 10045 10046 struct GtkTextIter 10047 { 10048 void* dummy1; 10049 void* dummy2; 10050 int dummy3; 10051 int dummy4; 10052 int dummy5; 10053 int dummy6; 10054 int dummy7; 10055 int dummy8; 10056 void* dummy9; 10057 void* dummy10; 10058 int dummy11; 10059 int dummy12; 10060 int dummy13; 10061 void* dummy14; 10062 } 10063 10064 struct GtkTextMark 10065 { 10066 GObject parentInstance; 10067 void* segment; 10068 } 10069 10070 struct GtkTextMarkClass 10071 { 10072 GObjectClass parentClass; 10073 /** */ 10074 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10075 /** */ 10076 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10077 /** */ 10078 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10079 /** */ 10080 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10081 } 10082 10083 struct GtkTextTag 10084 { 10085 GObject parentInstance; 10086 GtkTextTagPrivate* priv; 10087 } 10088 10089 struct GtkTextTagClass 10090 { 10091 GObjectClass parentClass; 10092 /** 10093 * 10094 * Params: 10095 * tag = a #GtkTextTag 10096 * eventObject = object that received the event, such as a widget 10097 * event = the event 10098 * iter = location where the event was received 10099 * Return: result of signal emission (whether the event was handled) 10100 */ 10101 extern(C) int function(GtkTextTag* tag, GObject* eventObject, GdkEvent* event, GtkTextIter* iter) event; 10102 /** */ 10103 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10104 /** */ 10105 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10106 /** */ 10107 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10108 /** */ 10109 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10110 } 10111 10112 struct GtkTextTagPrivate; 10113 10114 struct GtkTextTagTable 10115 { 10116 GObject parentInstance; 10117 GtkTextTagTablePrivate* priv; 10118 } 10119 10120 struct GtkTextTagTableClass 10121 { 10122 GObjectClass parentClass; 10123 /** */ 10124 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag, int sizeChanged) tagChanged; 10125 /** */ 10126 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag) tagAdded; 10127 /** */ 10128 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag) tagRemoved; 10129 /** */ 10130 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10131 /** */ 10132 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10133 /** */ 10134 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10135 /** */ 10136 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10137 } 10138 10139 struct GtkTextTagTablePrivate; 10140 10141 struct GtkTextView 10142 { 10143 GtkContainer parentInstance; 10144 GtkTextViewPrivate* priv; 10145 } 10146 10147 struct GtkTextViewAccessible 10148 { 10149 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 10150 GtkTextViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10151 } 10152 10153 struct GtkTextViewAccessibleClass 10154 { 10155 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 10156 } 10157 10158 struct GtkTextViewAccessiblePrivate; 10159 10160 struct GtkTextViewClass 10161 { 10162 /** 10163 * The object class structure needs to be the first 10164 */ 10165 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 10166 /** */ 10167 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkWidget* popup) populatePopup; 10168 /** */ 10169 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 10170 /** */ 10171 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) setAnchor; 10172 /** */ 10173 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, const(char)* str) insertAtCursor; 10174 /** */ 10175 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkDeleteType type, int count) deleteFromCursor; 10176 /** */ 10177 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) backspace; 10178 /** */ 10179 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) cutClipboard; 10180 /** */ 10181 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) copyClipboard; 10182 /** */ 10183 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) pasteClipboard; 10184 /** */ 10185 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) toggleOverwrite; 10186 /** */ 10187 extern(C) GtkTextBuffer* function(GtkTextView* textView) createBuffer; 10188 /** */ 10189 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkTextViewLayer layer, cairo_t* cr) drawLayer; 10190 /** */ 10191 extern(C) int function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkTextExtendSelection granularity, GtkTextIter* location, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) extendSelection; 10192 /** */ 10193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10194 /** */ 10195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10196 /** */ 10197 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10198 /** */ 10199 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10200 /** */ 10201 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 10202 } 10203 10204 struct GtkTextViewPrivate; 10205 10206 struct GtkThemeEngine; 10207 10208 struct GtkThemingEngine 10209 { 10210 GObject parentObject; 10211 GtkThemingEnginePrivate* priv; 10212 } 10213 10214 /** 10215 * Base class for theming engines. 10216 */ 10217 struct GtkThemingEngineClass 10218 { 10219 /** 10220 * The parent class. 10221 */ 10222 GObjectClass parentClass; 10223 /** */ 10224 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x0, double y0, double x1, double y1) renderLine; 10225 /** */ 10226 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderBackground; 10227 /** */ 10228 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderFrame; 10229 /** */ 10230 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkPositionType gapSide, double xy0Gap, double xy1Gap) renderFrameGap; 10231 /** */ 10232 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkPositionType gapSide) renderExtension; 10233 /** */ 10234 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderCheck; 10235 /** */ 10236 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderOption; 10237 /** */ 10238 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double angle, double x, double y, double size) renderArrow; 10239 /** */ 10240 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderExpander; 10241 /** */ 10242 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderFocus; 10243 /** */ 10244 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, PangoLayout* layout) renderLayout; 10245 /** */ 10246 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkOrientation orientation) renderSlider; 10247 /** */ 10248 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderHandle; 10249 /** */ 10250 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderActivity; 10251 /** */ 10252 extern(C) GdkPixbuf* function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, GtkIconSource* source, GtkIconSize size) renderIconPixbuf; 10253 /** */ 10254 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, double x, double y) renderIcon; 10255 /** */ 10256 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, cairo_surface_t* surface, double x, double y) renderIconSurface; 10257 void*[14] padding; 10258 } 10259 10260 struct GtkThemingEnginePrivate; 10261 10262 struct GtkToggleAction 10263 { 10264 GtkAction parent; 10265 GtkToggleActionPrivate* privateData; 10266 } 10267 10268 struct GtkToggleActionClass 10269 { 10270 GtkActionClass parentClass; 10271 /** */ 10272 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleAction* action) toggled; 10273 /** */ 10274 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10275 /** */ 10276 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10277 /** */ 10278 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10279 /** */ 10280 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10281 } 10282 10283 /** 10284 * #GtkToggleActionEntry structs are used with 10285 * gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() to construct toggle actions. 10286 */ 10287 struct GtkToggleActionEntry 10288 { 10289 /** 10290 * The name of the action. 10291 */ 10292 const(char)* name; 10293 /** 10294 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 10295 * icon theme. 10296 */ 10297 const(char)* stockId; 10298 /** 10299 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 10300 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 10301 */ 10302 const(char)* label; 10303 /** 10304 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 10305 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 10306 */ 10307 const(char)* accelerator; 10308 /** 10309 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 10310 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 10311 */ 10312 const(char)* tooltip; 10313 /** 10314 * The function to call when the action is activated. 10315 */ 10316 GCallback callback; 10317 /** 10318 * The initial state of the toggle action. 10319 */ 10320 bool isActive; 10321 } 10322 10323 struct GtkToggleActionPrivate; 10324 10325 struct GtkToggleButton 10326 { 10327 GtkButton button; 10328 GtkToggleButtonPrivate* priv; 10329 } 10330 10331 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessible 10332 { 10333 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 10334 GtkToggleButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10335 } 10336 10337 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass 10338 { 10339 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 10340 } 10341 10342 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessiblePrivate; 10343 10344 struct GtkToggleButtonClass 10345 { 10346 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 10347 /** */ 10348 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleButton* toggleButton) toggled; 10349 /** */ 10350 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10351 /** */ 10352 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10353 /** */ 10354 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10355 /** */ 10356 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10357 } 10358 10359 struct GtkToggleButtonPrivate; 10360 10361 struct GtkToggleToolButton 10362 { 10363 GtkToolButton parent; 10364 GtkToggleToolButtonPrivate* priv; 10365 } 10366 10367 struct GtkToggleToolButtonClass 10368 { 10369 /** 10370 * The parent class. 10371 */ 10372 GtkToolButtonClass parentClass; 10373 /** */ 10374 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleToolButton* button) toggled; 10375 /** */ 10376 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10377 /** */ 10378 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10379 /** */ 10380 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10381 /** */ 10382 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10383 } 10384 10385 struct GtkToggleToolButtonPrivate; 10386 10387 struct GtkToolButton 10388 { 10389 GtkToolItem parent; 10390 GtkToolButtonPrivate* priv; 10391 } 10392 10393 struct GtkToolButtonClass 10394 { 10395 /** 10396 * The parent class. 10397 */ 10398 GtkToolItemClass parentClass; 10399 GType buttonType; 10400 /** */ 10401 extern(C) void function(GtkToolButton* toolItem) clicked; 10402 /** */ 10403 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10404 /** */ 10405 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10406 /** */ 10407 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10408 /** */ 10409 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10410 } 10411 10412 struct GtkToolButtonPrivate; 10413 10414 struct GtkToolItem 10415 { 10416 GtkBin parent; 10417 GtkToolItemPrivate* priv; 10418 } 10419 10420 struct GtkToolItemClass 10421 { 10422 /** 10423 * The parent class. 10424 */ 10425 GtkBinClass parentClass; 10426 /** */ 10427 extern(C) int function(GtkToolItem* toolItem) createMenuProxy; 10428 /** */ 10429 extern(C) void function(GtkToolItem* toolItem) toolbarReconfigured; 10430 /** */ 10431 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10432 /** */ 10433 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10434 /** */ 10435 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10436 /** */ 10437 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10438 } 10439 10440 struct GtkToolItemGroup 10441 { 10442 GtkContainer parentInstance; 10443 GtkToolItemGroupPrivate* priv; 10444 } 10445 10446 struct GtkToolItemGroupClass 10447 { 10448 /** 10449 * The parent class. 10450 */ 10451 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 10452 /** */ 10453 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10454 /** */ 10455 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10456 /** */ 10457 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10458 /** */ 10459 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10460 } 10461 10462 struct GtkToolItemGroupPrivate; 10463 10464 struct GtkToolItemPrivate; 10465 10466 struct GtkToolPalette 10467 { 10468 GtkContainer parentInstance; 10469 GtkToolPalettePrivate* priv; 10470 } 10471 10472 struct GtkToolPaletteClass 10473 { 10474 /** 10475 * The parent class. 10476 */ 10477 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 10478 /** */ 10479 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10480 /** */ 10481 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10482 /** */ 10483 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10484 /** */ 10485 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10486 } 10487 10488 struct GtkToolPalettePrivate; 10489 10490 struct GtkToolShell; 10491 10492 /** 10493 * Virtual function table for the #GtkToolShell interface. 10494 */ 10495 struct GtkToolShellIface 10496 { 10497 GTypeInterface gIface; 10498 /** */ 10499 extern(C) GtkIconSize function(GtkToolShell* shell) getIconSize; 10500 /** 10501 * 10502 * Params: 10503 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10504 * Return: the current orientation of @shell 10505 */ 10506 extern(C) GtkOrientation function(GtkToolShell* shell) getOrientation; 10507 /** 10508 * 10509 * Params: 10510 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10511 * Return: the current style of @shell 10512 */ 10513 extern(C) GtkToolbarStyle function(GtkToolShell* shell) getStyle; 10514 /** 10515 * 10516 * Params: 10517 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10518 * Return: The relief style of buttons on @shell. 10519 */ 10520 extern(C) GtkReliefStyle function(GtkToolShell* shell) getReliefStyle; 10521 /** */ 10522 extern(C) void function(GtkToolShell* shell) rebuildMenu; 10523 /** 10524 * 10525 * Params: 10526 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10527 * Return: the current text orientation of @shell 10528 */ 10529 extern(C) GtkOrientation function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextOrientation; 10530 /** 10531 * 10532 * Params: 10533 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10534 * Return: the current text alignment of @shell 10535 */ 10536 extern(C) float function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextAlignment; 10537 /** 10538 * 10539 * Params: 10540 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10541 * Return: the current ellipsize mode of @shell 10542 */ 10543 extern(C) PangoEllipsizeMode function(GtkToolShell* shell) getEllipsizeMode; 10544 /** 10545 * 10546 * Params: 10547 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 10548 * Return: the current text size group of @shell 10549 */ 10550 extern(C) GtkSizeGroup* function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextSizeGroup; 10551 } 10552 10553 struct GtkToolbar 10554 { 10555 GtkContainer container; 10556 GtkToolbarPrivate* priv; 10557 } 10558 10559 struct GtkToolbarClass 10560 { 10561 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 10562 /** */ 10563 extern(C) void function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, GtkOrientation orientation) orientationChanged; 10564 /** */ 10565 extern(C) void function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, GtkToolbarStyle style) styleChanged; 10566 /** */ 10567 extern(C) int function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, int x, int y, int buttonNumber) popupContextMenu; 10568 /** */ 10569 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10570 /** */ 10571 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10572 /** */ 10573 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10574 /** */ 10575 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10576 } 10577 10578 struct GtkToolbarPrivate; 10579 10580 struct GtkTooltip; 10581 10582 struct GtkToplevelAccessible 10583 { 10584 AtkObject parent; 10585 GtkToplevelAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10586 } 10587 10588 struct GtkToplevelAccessibleClass 10589 { 10590 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 10591 } 10592 10593 struct GtkToplevelAccessiblePrivate; 10594 10595 struct GtkTreeDragDest; 10596 10597 struct GtkTreeDragDestIface 10598 { 10599 GTypeInterface gIface; 10600 /** 10601 * 10602 * Params: 10603 * dragDest = a #GtkTreeDragDest 10604 * dest = row to drop in front of 10605 * selectionData = data to drop 10606 * Return: whether a new row was created before position @dest 10607 */ 10608 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragDest* dragDest, GtkTreePath* dest, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) dragDataReceived; 10609 /** 10610 * 10611 * Params: 10612 * dragDest = a #GtkTreeDragDest 10613 * destPath = destination row 10614 * selectionData = the data being dragged 10615 * Return: %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path 10616 */ 10617 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragDest* dragDest, GtkTreePath* destPath, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) rowDropPossible; 10618 } 10619 10620 struct GtkTreeDragSource; 10621 10622 struct GtkTreeDragSourceIface 10623 { 10624 GTypeInterface gIface; 10625 /** 10626 * 10627 * Params: 10628 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 10629 * path = row on which user is initiating a drag 10630 * Return: %TRUE if the row can be dragged 10631 */ 10632 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path) rowDraggable; 10633 /** 10634 * 10635 * Params: 10636 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 10637 * path = row that was dragged 10638 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData to fill with data 10639 * from the dragged row 10640 * Return: %TRUE if data of the required type was provided 10641 */ 10642 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) dragDataGet; 10643 /** 10644 * 10645 * Params: 10646 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 10647 * path = row that was being dragged 10648 * Return: %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted 10649 */ 10650 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path) dragDataDelete; 10651 } 10652 10653 struct GtkTreeIter 10654 { 10655 /** 10656 * a unique stamp to catch invalid iterators 10657 */ 10658 int stamp; 10659 /** 10660 * model-specific data 10661 */ 10662 void* userData; 10663 /** 10664 * model-specific data 10665 */ 10666 void* userData2; 10667 /** 10668 * model-specific data 10669 */ 10670 void* userData3; 10671 } 10672 10673 struct GtkTreeModel; 10674 10675 struct GtkTreeModelFilter 10676 { 10677 GObject parent; 10678 GtkTreeModelFilterPrivate* priv; 10679 } 10680 10681 struct GtkTreeModelFilterClass 10682 { 10683 GObjectClass parentClass; 10684 /** */ 10685 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModelFilter* self, GtkTreeModel* childModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) visible; 10686 /** */ 10687 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModelFilter* self, GtkTreeModel* childModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GValue* value, int column) modify; 10688 /** */ 10689 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10690 /** */ 10691 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10692 /** */ 10693 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10694 /** */ 10695 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10696 } 10697 10698 struct GtkTreeModelFilterPrivate; 10699 10700 struct GtkTreeModelIface 10701 { 10702 GTypeInterface gIface; 10703 /** */ 10704 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowChanged; 10705 /** */ 10706 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowInserted; 10707 /** */ 10708 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowHasChildToggled; 10709 /** */ 10710 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path) rowDeleted; 10711 /** */ 10712 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, int* newOrder) rowsReordered; 10713 /** 10714 * 10715 * Params: 10716 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10717 * Return: the flags supported by this interface 10718 */ 10719 extern(C) GtkTreeModelFlags function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel) getFlags; 10720 /** 10721 * 10722 * Params: 10723 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10724 * Return: the number of columns 10725 */ 10726 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel) getNColumns; 10727 /** 10728 * 10729 * Params: 10730 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10731 * index = the column index 10732 * Return: the type of the column 10733 */ 10734 extern(C) GType function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, int index) getColumnType; 10735 /** 10736 * 10737 * Params: 10738 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10739 * iter = the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter-struct 10740 * path = the #GtkTreePath-struct 10741 * Return: %TRUE, if @iter was set 10742 */ 10743 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) getIter; 10744 /** 10745 * 10746 * Params: 10747 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10748 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 10749 * Return: a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct 10750 */ 10751 extern(C) GtkTreePath* function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) getPath; 10752 /** */ 10753 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, int column, GValue* value) getValue; 10754 /** 10755 * 10756 * Params: 10757 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10758 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 10759 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node 10760 */ 10761 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterNext; 10762 /** 10763 * 10764 * Params: 10765 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10766 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 10767 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node 10768 */ 10769 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterPrevious; 10770 /** 10771 * 10772 * Params: 10773 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10774 * iter = the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to be set to the child 10775 * parent = the #GtkTreeIter-struct, or %NULL 10776 * Return: %TRUE, if @iter has been set to the first child 10777 */ 10778 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* parent) iterChildren; 10779 /** 10780 * 10781 * Params: 10782 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10783 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to test for children 10784 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has children 10785 */ 10786 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterHasChild; 10787 /** 10788 * 10789 * Params: 10790 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10791 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct, or %NULL 10792 * Return: the number of children of @iter 10793 */ 10794 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterNChildren; 10795 /** 10796 * 10797 * Params: 10798 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10799 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to set to the nth child 10800 * parent = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to get the child from, or %NULL. 10801 * n = the index of the desired child 10802 * Return: %TRUE, if @parent has an @n-th child 10803 */ 10804 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* parent, int n) iterNthChild; 10805 /** 10806 * 10807 * Params: 10808 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 10809 * iter = the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to set to the parent 10810 * child = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 10811 * Return: %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child 10812 */ 10813 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* child) iterParent; 10814 /** */ 10815 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) refNode; 10816 /** */ 10817 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) unrefNode; 10818 } 10819 10820 struct GtkTreeModelSort 10821 { 10822 GObject parent; 10823 GtkTreeModelSortPrivate* priv; 10824 } 10825 10826 struct GtkTreeModelSortClass 10827 { 10828 GObjectClass parentClass; 10829 /** */ 10830 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10831 /** */ 10832 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10833 /** */ 10834 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10835 /** */ 10836 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10837 } 10838 10839 struct GtkTreeModelSortPrivate; 10840 10841 struct GtkTreePath; 10842 10843 struct GtkTreeRowReference; 10844 10845 struct GtkTreeSelection 10846 { 10847 GObject parent; 10848 GtkTreeSelectionPrivate* priv; 10849 } 10850 10851 struct GtkTreeSelectionClass 10852 { 10853 /** 10854 * The parent class. 10855 */ 10856 GObjectClass parentClass; 10857 /** */ 10858 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSelection* selection) changed; 10859 /** */ 10860 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10861 /** */ 10862 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10863 /** */ 10864 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10865 /** */ 10866 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10867 } 10868 10869 struct GtkTreeSelectionPrivate; 10870 10871 struct GtkTreeSortable; 10872 10873 struct GtkTreeSortableIface 10874 { 10875 GTypeInterface gIface; 10876 /** */ 10877 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable) sortColumnChanged; 10878 /** 10879 * 10880 * Params: 10881 * sortable = A #GtkTreeSortable 10882 * sortColumnId = The sort column id to be filled in 10883 * order = The #GtkSortType to be filled in 10884 * Return: %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort 10885 * column ids. 10886 */ 10887 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int* sortColumnId, GtkSortType* order) getSortColumnId; 10888 /** */ 10889 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int sortColumnId, GtkSortType order) setSortColumnId; 10890 /** */ 10891 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int sortColumnId, GtkTreeIterCompareFunc sortFunc, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setSortFunc; 10892 /** */ 10893 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, GtkTreeIterCompareFunc sortFunc, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setDefaultSortFunc; 10894 /** 10895 * 10896 * Params: 10897 * sortable = A #GtkTreeSortable 10898 * Return: %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function 10899 */ 10900 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable) hasDefaultSortFunc; 10901 } 10902 10903 struct GtkTreeStore 10904 { 10905 GObject parent; 10906 GtkTreeStorePrivate* priv; 10907 } 10908 10909 struct GtkTreeStoreClass 10910 { 10911 GObjectClass parentClass; 10912 /** */ 10913 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10914 /** */ 10915 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10916 /** */ 10917 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10918 /** */ 10919 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10920 } 10921 10922 struct GtkTreeStorePrivate; 10923 10924 struct GtkTreeView 10925 { 10926 GtkContainer parent; 10927 GtkTreeViewPrivate* priv; 10928 } 10929 10930 struct GtkTreeViewAccessible 10931 { 10932 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 10933 GtkTreeViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10934 } 10935 10936 struct GtkTreeViewAccessibleClass 10937 { 10938 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 10939 } 10940 10941 struct GtkTreeViewAccessiblePrivate; 10942 10943 struct GtkTreeViewClass 10944 { 10945 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 10946 /** */ 10947 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeViewColumn* column) rowActivated; 10948 /** */ 10949 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) testExpandRow; 10950 /** */ 10951 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) testCollapseRow; 10952 /** */ 10953 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) rowExpanded; 10954 /** */ 10955 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) rowCollapsed; 10956 /** */ 10957 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView) columnsChanged; 10958 /** */ 10959 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView) cursorChanged; 10960 /** */ 10961 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 10962 /** */ 10963 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) selectAll; 10964 /** */ 10965 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) unselectAll; 10966 /** */ 10967 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, int startEditing) selectCursorRow; 10968 /** */ 10969 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) toggleCursorRow; 10970 /** */ 10971 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, int logical, int expand, int openAll) expandCollapseCursorRow; 10972 /** */ 10973 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) selectCursorParent; 10974 /** */ 10975 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) startInteractiveSearch; 10976 /** */ 10977 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10978 /** */ 10979 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10980 /** */ 10981 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10982 /** */ 10983 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10984 /** */ 10985 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 10986 /** */ 10987 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 10988 /** */ 10989 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 10990 /** */ 10991 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 10992 } 10993 10994 struct GtkTreeViewColumn 10995 { 10996 GObject parentInstance; 10997 GtkTreeViewColumnPrivate* priv; 10998 } 10999 11000 struct GtkTreeViewColumnClass 11001 { 11002 GObjectClass parentClass; 11003 /** */ 11004 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeViewColumn* treeColumn) clicked; 11005 /** */ 11006 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11007 /** */ 11008 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11009 /** */ 11010 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11011 /** */ 11012 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 11013 } 11014 11015 struct GtkTreeViewColumnPrivate; 11016 11017 struct GtkTreeViewPrivate; 11018 11019 struct GtkUIManager 11020 { 11021 GObject parent; 11022 GtkUIManagerPrivate* privateData; 11023 } 11024 11025 struct GtkUIManagerClass 11026 { 11027 GObjectClass parentClass; 11028 /** */ 11029 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkWidget* widget) addWidget; 11030 /** */ 11031 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager) actionsChanged; 11032 /** */ 11033 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) connectProxy; 11034 /** */ 11035 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) disconnectProxy; 11036 /** */ 11037 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action) preActivate; 11038 /** */ 11039 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action) postActivate; 11040 /** 11041 * 11042 * Params: 11043 * manager = a #GtkUIManager 11044 * path = a path 11045 * Return: the widget found by following the path, 11046 * or %NULL if no widget was found 11047 */ 11048 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkUIManager* manager, const(char)* path) getWidget; 11049 /** 11050 * 11051 * Params: 11052 * manager = a #GtkUIManager 11053 * path = a path 11054 * Return: the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path, 11055 * or %NULL if no widget was found. 11056 */ 11057 extern(C) GtkAction* function(GtkUIManager* manager, const(char)* path) getAction; 11058 /** */ 11059 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11060 /** */ 11061 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11062 /** */ 11063 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11064 /** */ 11065 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 11066 } 11067 11068 struct GtkUIManagerPrivate; 11069 11070 struct GtkVBox 11071 { 11072 GtkBox box; 11073 } 11074 11075 struct GtkVBoxClass 11076 { 11077 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 11078 } 11079 11080 struct GtkVButtonBox 11081 { 11082 GtkButtonBox buttonBox; 11083 } 11084 11085 struct GtkVButtonBoxClass 11086 { 11087 GtkButtonBoxClass parentClass; 11088 } 11089 11090 struct GtkVPaned 11091 { 11092 GtkPaned paned; 11093 } 11094 11095 struct GtkVPanedClass 11096 { 11097 GtkPanedClass parentClass; 11098 } 11099 11100 struct GtkVScale 11101 { 11102 GtkScale scale; 11103 } 11104 11105 struct GtkVScaleClass 11106 { 11107 GtkScaleClass parentClass; 11108 } 11109 11110 struct GtkVScrollbar 11111 { 11112 GtkScrollbar scrollbar; 11113 } 11114 11115 struct GtkVScrollbarClass 11116 { 11117 GtkScrollbarClass parentClass; 11118 } 11119 11120 struct GtkVSeparator 11121 { 11122 GtkSeparator separator; 11123 } 11124 11125 struct GtkVSeparatorClass 11126 { 11127 GtkSeparatorClass parentClass; 11128 } 11129 11130 struct GtkViewport 11131 { 11132 GtkBin bin; 11133 GtkViewportPrivate* priv; 11134 } 11135 11136 struct GtkViewportClass 11137 { 11138 /** 11139 * The parent class. 11140 */ 11141 GtkBinClass parentClass; 11142 /** */ 11143 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11144 /** */ 11145 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11146 /** */ 11147 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11148 /** */ 11149 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 11150 } 11151 11152 struct GtkViewportPrivate; 11153 11154 struct GtkVolumeButton 11155 { 11156 GtkScaleButton parent; 11157 } 11158 11159 struct GtkVolumeButtonClass 11160 { 11161 GtkScaleButtonClass parentClass; 11162 /** */ 11163 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11164 /** */ 11165 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11166 /** */ 11167 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11168 /** */ 11169 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 11170 } 11171 11172 struct GtkWidget 11173 { 11174 GObject parentInstance; 11175 GtkWidgetPrivate* priv; 11176 } 11177 11178 struct GtkWidgetAccessible 11179 { 11180 GtkAccessible parent; 11181 GtkWidgetAccessiblePrivate* priv; 11182 } 11183 11184 struct GtkWidgetAccessibleClass 11185 { 11186 GtkAccessibleClass parentClass; 11187 /** */ 11188 extern(C) void function(GObject* object, GParamSpec* pspec) notifyGtk; 11189 } 11190 11191 struct GtkWidgetAccessiblePrivate; 11192 11193 struct GtkWidgetClass 11194 { 11195 /** 11196 * The object class structure needs to be the first 11197 * element in the widget class structure in order for the class mechanism 11198 * to work correctly. This allows a GtkWidgetClass pointer to be cast to 11199 * a GObjectClass pointer. 11200 */ 11201 GObjectClass parentClass; 11202 /** 11203 * The signal to emit when a widget of this class is 11204 * activated, gtk_widget_activate() handles the emission. 11205 * Implementation of this signal is optional. 11206 */ 11207 uint activateSignal; 11208 /** */ 11209 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, uint nPspecs, GParamSpec** pspecs) dispatchChildPropertiesChanged; 11210 /** */ 11211 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) destroy; 11212 /** */ 11213 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) show; 11214 /** */ 11215 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) showAll; 11216 /** */ 11217 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) hide; 11218 /** */ 11219 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) map; 11220 /** */ 11221 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) unmap; 11222 /** */ 11223 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) realize; 11224 /** */ 11225 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) unrealize; 11226 /** */ 11227 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkAllocation* allocation) sizeAllocate; 11228 /** */ 11229 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStateType previousState) stateChanged; 11230 /** */ 11231 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStateFlags previousStateFlags) stateFlagsChanged; 11232 /** */ 11233 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidget* previousParent) parentSet; 11234 /** */ 11235 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidget* previousToplevel) hierarchyChanged; 11236 /** */ 11237 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStyle* previousStyle) styleSet; 11238 /** */ 11239 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkTextDirection previousDirection) directionChanged; 11240 /** */ 11241 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int wasGrabbed) grabNotify; 11242 /** */ 11243 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GParamSpec* childProperty) childNotify; 11244 /** */ 11245 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, cairo_t* cr) draw; 11246 /** 11247 * 11248 * Params: 11249 * widget = a #GtkWidget instance 11250 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. 11251 */ 11252 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkWidget* widget) getRequestMode; 11253 /** */ 11254 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeight; 11255 /** */ 11256 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 11257 /** */ 11258 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidth; 11259 /** */ 11260 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 11261 /** 11262 * 11263 * Params: 11264 * widget = a #GtkWidget 11265 * groupCycling = %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic 11266 * Return: %TRUE if the signal has been handled 11267 */ 11268 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, int groupCycling) mnemonicActivate; 11269 /** */ 11270 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) grabFocus; 11271 /** */ 11272 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) focus; 11273 /** */ 11274 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocus; 11275 /** 11276 * 11277 * Params: 11278 * widget = a #GtkWidget 11279 * direction = direction of focus movement 11280 * Return: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE 11281 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard 11282 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s). 11283 */ 11284 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) keynavFailed; 11285 /** 11286 * 11287 * Params: 11288 * widget = a #GtkWidget 11289 * event = a #GdkEvent 11290 * Return: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if 11291 * the event was handled) 11292 */ 11293 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEvent* event) event; 11294 /** */ 11295 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventButton* event) buttonPressEvent; 11296 /** */ 11297 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventButton* event) buttonReleaseEvent; 11298 /** */ 11299 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventScroll* event) scrollEvent; 11300 /** */ 11301 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventMotion* event) motionNotifyEvent; 11302 /** */ 11303 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) deleteEvent; 11304 /** */ 11305 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) destroyEvent; 11306 /** */ 11307 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventKey* event) keyPressEvent; 11308 /** */ 11309 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventKey* event) keyReleaseEvent; 11310 /** */ 11311 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventCrossing* event) enterNotifyEvent; 11312 /** */ 11313 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventCrossing* event) leaveNotifyEvent; 11314 /** */ 11315 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventConfigure* event) configureEvent; 11316 /** */ 11317 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventFocus* event) focusInEvent; 11318 /** */ 11319 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventFocus* event) focusOutEvent; 11320 /** */ 11321 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) mapEvent; 11322 /** */ 11323 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) unmapEvent; 11324 /** */ 11325 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProperty* event) propertyNotifyEvent; 11326 /** */ 11327 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionClearEvent; 11328 /** */ 11329 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionRequestEvent; 11330 /** */ 11331 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionNotifyEvent; 11332 /** */ 11333 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProximity* event) proximityInEvent; 11334 /** */ 11335 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProximity* event) proximityOutEvent; 11336 /** */ 11337 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventVisibility* event) visibilityNotifyEvent; 11338 /** */ 11339 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventWindowState* event) windowStateEvent; 11340 /** */ 11341 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventExpose* event) damageEvent; 11342 /** */ 11343 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventGrabBroken* event) grabBrokenEvent; 11344 /** */ 11345 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) selectionGet; 11346 /** */ 11347 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint time) selectionReceived; 11348 /** */ 11349 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragBegin; 11350 /** */ 11351 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragEnd; 11352 /** */ 11353 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) dragDataGet; 11354 /** */ 11355 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragDataDelete; 11356 /** */ 11357 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, uint time) dragLeave; 11358 /** */ 11359 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, uint time) dragMotion; 11360 /** */ 11361 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, uint time) dragDrop; 11362 /** */ 11363 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) dragDataReceived; 11364 /** */ 11365 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, GtkDragResult result) dragFailed; 11366 /** */ 11367 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget) popupMenu; 11368 /** */ 11369 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidgetHelpType helpType) showHelp; 11370 /** 11371 * 11372 * Params: 11373 * widget = a #GtkWidget 11374 * Return: the #AtkObject associated with @widget 11375 */ 11376 extern(C) AtkObject* function(GtkWidget* widget) getAccessible; 11377 /** */ 11378 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkScreen* previousScreen) screenChanged; 11379 /** 11380 * 11381 * Params: 11382 * widget = a #GtkWidget 11383 * signalId = the ID of a signal installed on @widget 11384 * Return: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. 11385 */ 11386 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, uint signalId) canActivateAccel; 11387 /** */ 11388 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) compositedChanged; 11389 /** */ 11390 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, int x, int y, int keyboardTooltip, GtkTooltip* tooltip) queryTooltip; 11391 /** */ 11392 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* hexpandP, int* vexpandP) computeExpand; 11393 /** */ 11394 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkOrientation orientation, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) adjustSizeRequest; 11395 /** */ 11396 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkOrientation orientation, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize, int* allocatedPos, int* allocatedSize) adjustSizeAllocation; 11397 /** */ 11398 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) styleUpdated; 11399 /** */ 11400 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventTouch* event) touchEvent; 11401 /** */ 11402 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight, int* minimumBaseline, int* naturalBaseline) getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth; 11403 /** */ 11404 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumBaseline, int* naturalBaseline) adjustBaselineRequest; 11405 /** */ 11406 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* baseline) adjustBaselineAllocation; 11407 /** */ 11408 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, cairo_region_t* region) queueDrawRegion; 11409 GtkWidgetClassPrivate* priv; 11410 /** */ 11411 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 11412 /** */ 11413 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 11414 } 11415 11416 struct GtkWidgetClassPrivate; 11417 11418 struct GtkWidgetPath; 11419 11420 struct GtkWidgetPrivate; 11421 11422 struct GtkWindow 11423 { 11424 GtkBin bin; 11425 GtkWindowPrivate* priv; 11426 } 11427 11428 struct GtkWindowAccessible 11429 { 11430 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 11431 GtkWindowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 11432 } 11433 11434 struct GtkWindowAccessibleClass 11435 { 11436 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 11437 } 11438 11439 struct GtkWindowAccessiblePrivate; 11440 11441 struct GtkWindowClass 11442 { 11443 /** 11444 * The parent class. 11445 */ 11446 GtkBinClass parentClass; 11447 /** */ 11448 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window, GtkWidget* focus) setFocus; 11449 /** */ 11450 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) activateFocus; 11451 /** */ 11452 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) activateDefault; 11453 /** */ 11454 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) keysChanged; 11455 /** */ 11456 extern(C) int function(GtkWindow* window, int toggle) enableDebugging; 11457 /** */ 11458 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11459 /** */ 11460 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11461 /** */ 11462 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11463 } 11464 11465 struct GtkWindowGeometryInfo; 11466 11467 struct GtkWindowGroup 11468 { 11469 GObject parentInstance; 11470 GtkWindowGroupPrivate* priv; 11471 } 11472 11473 struct GtkWindowGroupClass 11474 { 11475 GObjectClass parentClass; 11476 /** */ 11477 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 11478 /** */ 11479 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 11480 /** */ 11481 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 11482 /** */ 11483 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 11484 } 11485 11486 struct GtkWindowGroupPrivate; 11487 11488 struct GtkWindowPrivate; 11489 11490 /** */ 11491 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkAccelGroup* accelGroup, GObject* acceleratable, uint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier) GtkAccelGroupActivate; 11492 11493 /** */ 11494 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkAccelKey* key, GClosure* closure, void* data) GtkAccelGroupFindFunc; 11495 11496 /** */ 11497 public alias extern(C) void function(void* data, const(char)* accelPath, uint accelKey, GdkModifierType accelMods, int changed) GtkAccelMapForeach; 11498 11499 /** 11500 * A function used by gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func() to know which 11501 * is the next page given a current one. It’s called both for computing the 11502 * next page when the user presses the “forward” button and for handling 11503 * the behavior of the “last” button. 11504 * 11505 * Params: 11506 * currentPage = The page number used to calculate the next page. 11507 * data = user data. 11508 * 11509 * Return: The next page number. 11510 */ 11511 public alias extern(C) int function(int currentPage, void* data) GtkAssistantPageFunc; 11512 11513 /** 11514 * This is the signature of a function used to connect signals. It is used 11515 * by the gtk_builder_connect_signals() and gtk_builder_connect_signals_full() 11516 * methods. It is mainly intended for interpreted language bindings, but 11517 * could be useful where the programmer wants more control over the signal 11518 * connection process. Note that this function can only be called once, 11519 * subsequent calls will do nothing. 11520 * 11521 * Params: 11522 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 11523 * object = object to connect a signal to 11524 * signalName = name of the signal 11525 * handlerName = name of the handler 11526 * connectObject = a #GObject, if non-%NULL, use g_signal_connect_object() 11527 * flags = #GConnectFlags to use 11528 * userData = user data 11529 * 11530 * Since: 2.12 11531 */ 11532 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* object, const(char)* signalName, const(char)* handlerName, GObject* connectObject, GConnectFlags flags, void* userData) GtkBuilderConnectFunc; 11533 11534 /** 11535 * This kind of functions provide Pango markup with detail information for the 11536 * specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. The 11537 * function returns %NULL when no information is available. 11538 * 11539 * Params: 11540 * calendar = a #GtkCalendar. 11541 * year = the year for which details are needed. 11542 * month = the month for which details are needed. 11543 * day = the day of @month for which details are needed. 11544 * userData = the data passed with gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). 11545 * 11546 * Return: Newly allocated string with Pango markup 11547 * with details for the specified day or %NULL. 11548 * 11549 * Since: 2.14 11550 */ 11551 public alias extern(C) char* function(GtkCalendar* calendar, uint year, uint month, uint day, void* userData) GtkCalendarDetailFunc; 11552 11553 /** 11554 * The type of the callback functions used for e.g. iterating over 11555 * the children of a container, see gtk_container_foreach(). 11556 * 11557 * Params: 11558 * widget = the widget to operate on 11559 * data = user-supplied data 11560 */ 11561 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, void* data) GtkCallback; 11562 11563 /** 11564 * The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the 11565 * cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea, 11566 * see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 11567 * 11568 * Params: 11569 * renderer = the cell renderer to operate on 11570 * cellArea = the area allocated to @renderer inside the rectangle 11571 * provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 11572 * cellBackground = the background area for @renderer inside the 11573 * background area provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 11574 * data = user-supplied data 11575 * 11576 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. 11577 */ 11578 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* renderer, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* cellBackground, void* data) GtkCellAllocCallback; 11579 11580 /** 11581 * The type of the callback functions used for iterating over 11582 * the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach(). 11583 * 11584 * Params: 11585 * renderer = the cell renderer to operate on 11586 * data = user-supplied data 11587 * 11588 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. 11589 */ 11590 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* renderer, void* data) GtkCellCallback; 11591 11592 /** 11593 * A function which should set the value of @cell_layout’s cell renderer(s) 11594 * as appropriate. 11595 * 11596 * Params: 11597 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 11598 * cell = the cell renderer whose value is to be set 11599 * treeModel = the model 11600 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for 11601 * data = user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func() 11602 */ 11603 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkCellLayoutDataFunc; 11604 11605 /** 11606 * A function that will be called when the contents of the clipboard are changed 11607 * or cleared. Once this has called, the @user_data_or_owner argument 11608 * will not be used again. 11609 * 11610 * Params: 11611 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11612 * userDataOrOwner = the @user_data argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), 11613 * or the @owner argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() 11614 */ 11615 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, void* userDataOrOwner) GtkClipboardClearFunc; 11616 11617 /** 11618 * A function that will be called to provide the contents of the selection. 11619 * If multiple types of data were advertised, the requested type can 11620 * be determined from the @info parameter or by checking the target field 11621 * of @selection_data. If the data could successfully be converted into 11622 * then it should be stored into the @selection_data object by 11623 * calling gtk_selection_data_set() (or related functions such 11624 * as gtk_selection_data_set_text()). If no data is set, the requestor 11625 * will be informed that the attempt to get the data failed. 11626 * 11627 * Params: 11628 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11629 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData argument in which the requested 11630 * data should be stored. 11631 * info = the info field corresponding to the requested target from the 11632 * #GtkTargetEntry array passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data() or 11633 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner(). 11634 * userDataOrOwner = the @user_data argument passed to 11635 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), or the @owner argument passed to 11636 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() 11637 */ 11638 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, void* userDataOrOwner) GtkClipboardGetFunc; 11639 11640 /** 11641 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_image() 11642 * are received, or when the request fails. 11643 * 11644 * Params: 11645 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11646 * pixbuf = the received image 11647 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11648 * gtk_clipboard_request_image(). 11649 * 11650 * Since: 2.6 11651 */ 11652 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, void* data) GtkClipboardImageReceivedFunc; 11653 11654 /** 11655 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_contents() 11656 * are received, or when the request fails. 11657 * 11658 * Params: 11659 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11660 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData containing the data was received. 11661 * If retrieving the data failed, then then length field 11662 * of @selection_data will be negative. 11663 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11664 * gtk_clipboard_request_contents(). 11665 */ 11666 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, void* data) GtkClipboardReceivedFunc; 11667 11668 /** 11669 * A function to be called when the results of 11670 * gtk_clipboard_request_rich_text() are received, or when the request 11671 * fails. 11672 * 11673 * Params: 11674 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11675 * format = The format of the rich text 11676 * text = the rich text received, as 11677 * a UTF-8 encoded string, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 11678 * length = Length of the text. 11679 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11680 * gtk_clipboard_request_rich_text(). 11681 * 11682 * Since: 2.10 11683 */ 11684 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkAtom format, ubyte* text, size_t length, void* data) GtkClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc; 11685 11686 /** 11687 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_targets() 11688 * are received, or when the request fails. 11689 * 11690 * Params: 11691 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11692 * atoms = the supported targets, 11693 * as array of #GdkAtom, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 11694 * nAtoms = the length of the @atoms array. 11695 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11696 * gtk_clipboard_request_targets(). 11697 * 11698 * Since: 2.4 11699 */ 11700 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkAtom* atoms, int nAtoms, void* data) GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc; 11701 11702 /** 11703 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_text() 11704 * are received, or when the request fails. 11705 * 11706 * Params: 11707 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11708 * text = the text received, as a UTF-8 encoded string, or 11709 * %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 11710 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11711 * gtk_clipboard_request_text(). 11712 */ 11713 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, const(char)* text, void* data) GtkClipboardTextReceivedFunc; 11714 11715 /** 11716 * A function to be called when the results of 11717 * gtk_clipboard_request_uris() are received, or when the request 11718 * fails. 11719 * 11720 * Params: 11721 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 11722 * uris = the received URIs 11723 * data = the @user_data supplied to 11724 * gtk_clipboard_request_uris(). 11725 * 11726 * Since: 2.14 11727 */ 11728 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, char** uris, void* data) GtkClipboardURIReceivedFunc; 11729 11730 /** */ 11731 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkColor* colors, int nColors) GtkColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc; 11732 11733 /** */ 11734 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkScreen* screen, GdkColor* colors, int nColors) GtkColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc; 11735 11736 /** 11737 * A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches 11738 * a given @key, and should be displayed as a possible completion for @key. 11739 * Note that @key is normalized and case-folded (see g_utf8_normalize() 11740 * and g_utf8_casefold()). If this is not appropriate, match functions 11741 * have access to the unmodified key via 11742 * `gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry ()))`. 11743 * 11744 * Params: 11745 * completion = the #GtkEntryCompletion 11746 * key = the string to match, normalized and case-folded 11747 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match 11748 * userData = user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func() 11749 * 11750 * Return: %TRUE if @iter should be displayed as a possible completion 11751 * for @key 11752 */ 11753 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, const(char)* key, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* userData) GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc; 11754 11755 /** 11756 * The type of function that is used with custom filters, see 11757 * gtk_file_filter_add_custom(). 11758 * 11759 * Params: 11760 * filterInfo = a #GtkFileFilterInfo that is filled according 11761 * to the @needed flags passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() 11762 * data = user data passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() 11763 * 11764 * Return: %TRUE if the file should be displayed 11765 */ 11766 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFileFilterInfo* filterInfo, void* data) GtkFileFilterFunc; 11767 11768 /** 11769 * Called for flow boxes that are bound to a #GListModel with 11770 * gtk_flow_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. 11771 * 11772 * Params: 11773 * item = the item from the model for which to create a widget for 11774 * userData = user data from gtk_flow_box_bind_model() 11775 * 11776 * Return: a #GtkWidget that represents @item 11777 * 11778 * Since: 3.18 11779 */ 11780 public alias extern(C) GtkWidget* function(void* item, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc; 11781 11782 /** 11783 * A function that will be called whenrever a child changes 11784 * or is added. It lets you control if the child should be 11785 * visible or not. 11786 * 11787 * Params: 11788 * child = a #GtkFlowBoxChild that may be filtered 11789 * userData = user data 11790 * 11791 * Return: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise 11792 * 11793 * Since: 3.12 11794 */ 11795 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc; 11796 11797 /** 11798 * A function used by gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach(). 11799 * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. 11800 * 11801 * Params: 11802 * box = a #GtkFlowBox 11803 * child = a #GtkFlowBoxChild 11804 * userData = user data 11805 * 11806 * Since: 3.12 11807 */ 11808 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkFlowBoxChild* child, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc; 11809 11810 /** 11811 * A function to compare two children to determine which 11812 * should come first. 11813 * 11814 * Params: 11815 * child1 = the first child 11816 * child2 = the second child 11817 * userData = user data 11818 * 11819 * Return: < 0 if @child1 should be before @child2, 0 if 11820 * the are equal, and > 0 otherwise 11821 * 11822 * Since: 3.12 11823 */ 11824 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child1, GtkFlowBoxChild* child2, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxSortFunc; 11825 11826 /** 11827 * The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get 11828 * shown in a #GtkFontChooser. See gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func(). 11829 * 11830 * Params: 11831 * family = a #PangoFontFamily 11832 * face = a #PangoFontFace belonging to @family 11833 * data = user data passed to gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func() 11834 * 11835 * Return: %TRUE if the font should be displayed 11836 */ 11837 public alias extern(C) int function(PangoFontFamily* family, PangoFontFace* face, void* data) GtkFontFilterFunc; 11838 11839 /** 11840 * A function used by gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach() to map all 11841 * selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. 11842 * 11843 * Params: 11844 * iconView = a #GtkIconView 11845 * path = The #GtkTreePath of a selected row 11846 * data = user data 11847 */ 11848 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkTreePath* path, void* data) GtkIconViewForeachFunc; 11849 11850 /** 11851 * Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery. 11852 * They can be used to implement custom key event handling. 11853 * 11854 * Params: 11855 * grabWidget = the widget to which the event will be delivered 11856 * event = the key event 11857 * funcData = data supplied to gtk_key_snooper_install() 11858 * 11859 * Return: %TRUE to stop further processing of @event, %FALSE to continue. 11860 */ 11861 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* grabWidget, GdkEventKey* event, void* funcData) GtkKeySnoopFunc; 11862 11863 /** 11864 * Called for list boxes that are bound to a #GListModel with 11865 * gtk_list_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. 11866 * 11867 * Versions of GTK+ prior to 3.18 called gtk_widget_show_all() on the rows 11868 * created by the GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc, but this forced all widgets 11869 * inside the row to be shown, and is no longer the case. Applications should 11870 * be updated to show the desired row widgets. 11871 * 11872 * Params: 11873 * item = the item from the model for which to create a widget for 11874 * userData = user data 11875 * 11876 * Return: a #GtkWidget that represents @item 11877 * 11878 * Since: 3.16 11879 */ 11880 public alias extern(C) GtkWidget* function(void* item, void* userData) GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc; 11881 11882 /** 11883 * Will be called whenever the row changes or is added and lets you control 11884 * if the row should be visible or not. 11885 * 11886 * Params: 11887 * row = the row that may be filtered 11888 * userData = user data 11889 * 11890 * Return: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise 11891 * 11892 * Since: 3.10 11893 */ 11894 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkListBoxRow* row, void* userData) GtkListBoxFilterFunc; 11895 11896 /** 11897 * A function used by gtk_list_box_selected_foreach(). 11898 * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. 11899 * 11900 * Params: 11901 * box = a #GtkListBox 11902 * row = a #GtkListBoxRow 11903 * userData = user data 11904 * 11905 * Since: 3.14 11906 */ 11907 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row, void* userData) GtkListBoxForeachFunc; 11908 11909 /** 11910 * Compare two rows to determine which should be first. 11911 * 11912 * Params: 11913 * row1 = the first row 11914 * row2 = the second row 11915 * userData = user data 11916 * 11917 * Return: < 0 if @row1 should be before @row2, 0 if they are 11918 * equal and > 0 otherwise 11919 * 11920 * Since: 3.10 11921 */ 11922 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkListBoxRow* row1, GtkListBoxRow* row2, void* userData) GtkListBoxSortFunc; 11923 11924 /** 11925 * Whenever @row changes or which row is before @row changes this 11926 * is called, which lets you update the header on @row. You may 11927 * remove or set a new one via gtk_list_box_row_set_header() or 11928 * just change the state of the current header widget. 11929 * 11930 * Params: 11931 * row = the row to update 11932 * before = the row before @row, or %NULL if it is first 11933 * userData = user data 11934 * 11935 * Since: 3.10 11936 */ 11937 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkListBoxRow* row, GtkListBoxRow* before, void* userData) GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc; 11938 11939 /** 11940 * A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() which 11941 * will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget. 11942 * 11943 * Params: 11944 * attachWidget = the #GtkWidget that the menu is being detached from. 11945 * menu = the #GtkMenu being detached. 11946 */ 11947 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* attachWidget, GtkMenu* menu) GtkMenuDetachFunc; 11948 11949 /** 11950 * A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_popup() which 11951 * controls the positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The 11952 * function sets the @x and @y parameters to the coordinates where the 11953 * menu is to be drawn. To make the menu appear on a different 11954 * monitor than the mouse pointer, gtk_menu_set_monitor() must be 11955 * called. 11956 * 11957 * Params: 11958 * menu = a #GtkMenu. 11959 * x = address of the #gint representing the horizontal 11960 * position where the menu shall be drawn. 11961 * y = address of the #gint representing the vertical position 11962 * where the menu shall be drawn. This is an output parameter. 11963 * pushIn = This parameter controls how menus placed outside 11964 * the monitor are handled. If this is set to %TRUE and part of 11965 * the menu is outside the monitor then GTK+ pushes the window 11966 * into the visible area, effectively modifying the popup 11967 * position. Note that moving and possibly resizing the menu 11968 * around will alter the scroll position to keep the menu items 11969 * “in place”, i.e. at the same monitor position they would have 11970 * been without resizing. In practice, this behavior is only 11971 * useful for combobox popups or option menus and cannot be used 11972 * to simply confine a menu to monitor boundaries. In that case, 11973 * changing the scroll offset is not desirable. 11974 * userData = the data supplied by the user in the gtk_menu_popup() 11975 * @data parameter. 11976 */ 11977 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkMenu* menu, int* x, int* y, int* pushIn, void* userData) GtkMenuPositionFunc; 11978 11979 /** 11980 * A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a gtk_module_display_init() function 11981 * with this prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display. 11982 * 11983 * Params: 11984 * display = an open #GdkDisplay 11985 * 11986 * Since: 2.2 11987 */ 11988 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkDisplay* display) GtkModuleDisplayInitFunc; 11989 11990 /** 11991 * Each GTK+ module must have a function gtk_module_init() with this prototype. 11992 * This function is called after loading the module. 11993 * 11994 * Params: 11995 * argc = GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument 11996 * argv = GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument 11997 */ 11998 public alias extern(C) void function(int* argc, char*** argv) GtkModuleInitFunc; 11999 12000 /** 12001 * The type of function that is passed to 12002 * gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async(). 12003 * 12004 * This function will be called when the page setup dialog 12005 * is dismissed, and also serves as destroy notify for @data. 12006 * 12007 * Params: 12008 * pageSetup = the #GtkPageSetup that has been 12009 * data = user data that has been passed to 12010 * gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() 12011 */ 12012 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkPageSetup* pageSetup, void* data) GtkPageSetupDoneFunc; 12013 12014 /** */ 12015 public alias extern(C) void function(const(char)* key, const(char)* value, void* userData) GtkPrintSettingsFunc; 12016 12017 /** */ 12018 public alias extern(C) int function(GParamSpec* pspec, GString* rcString, GValue* propertyValue) GtkRcPropertyParser; 12019 12020 /** 12021 * The type of function that is used with custom filters, 12022 * see gtk_recent_filter_add_custom(). 12023 * 12024 * Params: 12025 * filterInfo = a #GtkRecentFilterInfo that is filled according 12026 * to the @needed flags passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() 12027 * userData = user data passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() 12028 * 12029 * Return: %TRUE if the file should be displayed 12030 */ 12031 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkRecentFilterInfo* filterInfo, void* userData) GtkRecentFilterFunc; 12032 12033 /** */ 12034 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkRecentInfo* a, GtkRecentInfo* b, void* userData) GtkRecentSortFunc; 12035 12036 /** */ 12037 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* str, GValue* value, GError** err) GtkStylePropertyParser; 12038 12039 /** 12040 * A function that is called to deserialize rich text that has been 12041 * serialized with gtk_text_buffer_serialize(), and insert it at @iter. 12042 * 12043 * Params: 12044 * registerBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer the format is registered with 12045 * contentBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer to deserialize into 12046 * iter = insertion point for the deserialized text 12047 * data = data to deserialize 12048 * length = length of @data 12049 * createTags = %TRUE if deserializing may create tags 12050 * userData = user data that was specified when registering the format 12051 * 12052 * Return: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 12053 * 12054 * Throws: GException on failure. 12055 */ 12056 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTextBuffer* registerBuffer, GtkTextBuffer* contentBuffer, GtkTextIter* iter, ubyte* data, size_t length, int createTags, void* userData, GError** err) GtkTextBufferDeserializeFunc; 12057 12058 /** 12059 * A function that is called to serialize the content of a text buffer. 12060 * It must return the serialized form of the content. 12061 * 12062 * Params: 12063 * registerBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer for which the format is registered 12064 * contentBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer to serialize 12065 * start = start of the block of text to serialize 12066 * end = end of the block of text to serialize 12067 * length = Return location for the length of the serialized data 12068 * userData = user data that was specified when registering the format 12069 * 12070 * Return: a newly-allocated array of guint8 which contains 12071 * the serialized data, or %NULL if an error occurred 12072 */ 12073 public alias extern(C) ubyte* function(GtkTextBuffer* registerBuffer, GtkTextBuffer* contentBuffer, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end, size_t* length, void* userData) GtkTextBufferSerializeFunc; 12074 12075 /** */ 12076 public alias extern(C) int function(dchar ch, void* userData) GtkTextCharPredicate; 12077 12078 /** */ 12079 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTextTag* tag, void* data) GtkTextTagTableForeach; 12080 12081 /** 12082 * Callback type for adding a function to update animations. See gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). 12083 * 12084 * Params: 12085 * widget = the widget 12086 * frameClock = the frame clock for the widget (same as calling gtk_widget_get_frame_clock()) 12087 * userData = user data passed to gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). 12088 * 12089 * Return: %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE if the tick callback should continue to be called, 12090 * %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the tick callback should be removed. 12091 * 12092 * Since: 3.8 12093 */ 12094 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkFrameClock* frameClock, void* userData) GtkTickCallback; 12095 12096 /** 12097 * The function used to translate messages in e.g. #GtkIconFactory 12098 * and #GtkActionGroup. 12099 * 12100 * Params: 12101 * path = The id of the message. In #GtkActionGroup this will be a label 12102 * or tooltip from a #GtkActionEntry. 12103 * funcData = user data passed in when registering the 12104 * function 12105 * 12106 * Return: the translated message 12107 */ 12108 public alias extern(C) char* function(const(char)* path, void* funcData) GtkTranslateFunc; 12109 12110 /** 12111 * A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the 12112 * straight mapping between the cell and the model. This is useful for 12113 * customizing the cell renderer. For example, a function might get an 12114 * integer from the @tree_model, and render it to the “text” attribute of 12115 * “cell” by converting it to its written equivalent. This is set by 12116 * calling gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func() 12117 * 12118 * Params: 12119 * treeColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn 12120 * cell = The #GtkCellRenderer that is being rendered by @tree_column 12121 * treeModel = The #GtkTreeModel being rendered 12122 * iter = A #GtkTreeIter of the current row rendered 12123 * data = user data 12124 */ 12125 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeViewColumn* treeColumn, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeCellDataFunc; 12126 12127 /** */ 12128 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, int children, void* userData) GtkTreeDestroyCountFunc; 12129 12130 /** 12131 * A GtkTreeIterCompareFunc should return a negative integer, zero, or a positive 12132 * integer if @a sorts before @b, @a sorts with @b, or @a sorts after @b 12133 * respectively. If two iters compare as equal, their order in the sorted model 12134 * is undefined. In order to ensure that the #GtkTreeSortable behaves as 12135 * expected, the GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on 12136 * the model, i.e. it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive. 12137 * 12138 * For example, if @model is a product catalogue, then a compare function 12139 * for the “price” column could be one which returns 12140 * `price_of(@a) - price_of(@b)`. 12141 * 12142 * Params: 12143 * model = The #GtkTreeModel the comparison is within 12144 * a = A #GtkTreeIter in @model 12145 * b = Another #GtkTreeIter in @model 12146 * userData = Data passed when the compare func is assigned e.g. by 12147 * gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func() 12148 * 12149 * Return: a negative integer, zero or a positive integer depending on whether 12150 * @a sorts before, with or after @b 12151 */ 12152 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* a, GtkTreeIter* b, void* userData) GtkTreeIterCompareFunc; 12153 12154 /** 12155 * A function which calculates display values from raw values in the model. 12156 * It must fill @value with the display value for the column @column in the 12157 * row indicated by @iter. 12158 * 12159 * Since this function is called for each data access, it’s not a 12160 * particularly efficient operation. 12161 * 12162 * Params: 12163 * model = the #GtkTreeModelFilter 12164 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row whose display values are determined 12165 * value = A #GValue which is already initialized for 12166 * with the correct type for the column @column. 12167 * column = the column whose display value is determined 12168 * data = user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() 12169 */ 12170 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, GValue* value, int column, void* data) GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc; 12171 12172 /** 12173 * A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. 12174 * 12175 * Params: 12176 * model = the child model of the #GtkTreeModelFilter 12177 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row in @model whose visibility 12178 * is determined 12179 * data = user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() 12180 * 12181 * Return: Whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. 12182 */ 12183 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc; 12184 12185 /** 12186 * Type of the callback passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() to 12187 * iterate over the rows in a tree model. 12188 * 12189 * Params: 12190 * model = the #GtkTreeModel being iterated 12191 * path = the current #GtkTreePath 12192 * iter = the current #GtkTreeIter 12193 * data = The user data passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() 12194 * 12195 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue 12196 */ 12197 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeModelForeachFunc; 12198 12199 /** 12200 * A function used by gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach() to map all 12201 * selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. 12202 * 12203 * Params: 12204 * model = The #GtkTreeModel being viewed 12205 * path = The #GtkTreePath of a selected row 12206 * iter = A #GtkTreeIter pointing to a selected row 12207 * data = user data 12208 */ 12209 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeSelectionForeachFunc; 12210 12211 /** 12212 * A function used by gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function() to filter 12213 * whether or not a row may be selected. It is called whenever a row's 12214 * state might change. A return value of %TRUE indicates to @selection 12215 * that it is okay to change the selection. 12216 * 12217 * Params: 12218 * selection = A #GtkTreeSelection 12219 * model = A #GtkTreeModel being viewed 12220 * path = The #GtkTreePath of the row in question 12221 * pathCurrentlySelected = %TRUE, if the path is currently selected 12222 * data = user data 12223 * 12224 * Return: %TRUE, if the selection state of the row can be toggled 12225 */ 12226 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSelection* selection, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, int pathCurrentlySelected, void* data) GtkTreeSelectionFunc; 12227 12228 /** 12229 * Function type for determining whether @column can be dropped in a 12230 * particular spot (as determined by @prev_column and @next_column). In 12231 * left to right locales, @prev_column is on the left of the potential drop 12232 * spot, and @next_column is on the right. In right to left mode, this is 12233 * reversed. This function should return %TRUE if the spot is a valid drop 12234 * spot. Please note that returning %TRUE does not actually indicate that 12235 * the column drop was made, but is meant only to indicate a possible drop 12236 * spot to the user. 12237 * 12238 * Params: 12239 * treeView = A #GtkTreeView 12240 * column = The #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged 12241 * prevColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn on one side of @column 12242 * nextColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn on the other side of @column 12243 * data = user data 12244 * 12245 * Return: %TRUE, if @column can be dropped in this spot 12246 */ 12247 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeViewColumn* column, GtkTreeViewColumn* prevColumn, GtkTreeViewColumn* nextColumn, void* data) GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc; 12248 12249 /** 12250 * Function used for gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows(). 12251 * 12252 * Params: 12253 * treeView = A #GtkTreeView 12254 * path = The path that’s expanded 12255 * userData = user data 12256 */ 12257 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, void* userData) GtkTreeViewMappingFunc; 12258 12259 /** 12260 * Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by @iter should 12261 * be rendered as a separator. A common way to implement this is to have a 12262 * boolean column in the model, whose values the #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc 12263 * returns. 12264 * 12265 * Params: 12266 * model = the #GtkTreeModel 12267 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing at a row in @model 12268 * data = user data 12269 * 12270 * Return: %TRUE if the row is a separator 12271 */ 12272 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc; 12273 12274 /** 12275 * A function used for checking whether a row in @model matches 12276 * a search key string entered by the user. Note the return value 12277 * is reversed from what you would normally expect, though it 12278 * has some similarity to strcmp() returning 0 for equal strings. 12279 * 12280 * Params: 12281 * model = the #GtkTreeModel being searched 12282 * column = the search column set by gtk_tree_view_set_search_column() 12283 * key = the key string to compare with 12284 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing the row of @model that should be compared 12285 * with @key. 12286 * searchData = user data from gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func() 12287 * 12288 * Return: %FALSE if the row matches, %TRUE otherwise. 12289 */ 12290 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, int column, const(char)* key, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* searchData) GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc; 12291 12292 /** */ 12293 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkWidget* searchDialog, void* userData) GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc; 12294 /** 12295 * A priority that can be used when adding a gtk.StyleProvider 12296 * for application-specific style information. 12297 */ 12298 public enum STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION = 600; 12299 alias STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION; 12300 12301 /** 12302 * The priority used for default style information 12303 * that is used in the absence of themes. 12304 * 12305 * Note that this is not very useful for providing default 12306 * styling for custom style classes - themes are likely to 12307 * override styling provided at this priority with 12308 * catch-all `* {...}` rules. 12309 */ 12310 public enum STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK = 1; 12311 alias STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK; 12312 12313 /** 12314 * The priority used for style information provided 12315 * via gtk.Settings. 12316 * 12317 * This priority is higher than STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME 12318 * to let settings override themes. 12319 */ 12320 public enum STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS = 400; 12321 alias STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS; 12322 12323 /** 12324 * The priority used for style information provided 12325 * by themes. 12326 */ 12327 public enum STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME = 200; 12328 alias STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME; 12329 12330 /** 12331 * The priority used for the style information from 12332 * `~/.gtk-3.0.css`. 12333 * 12334 * You should not use priorities higher than this, to 12335 * give the user the last word. 12336 */ 12337 public enum STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER = 800; 12338 alias STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER; 12339 12340 /** 12341 * StockIds 12342 */ 12343 public enum StockID 12344 { 12345 /** 12346 * The “About” item. 12347 * ![](help-about.png) 12348 * 12349 * Deprecated: Use named icon "help-about" or the label "_About". 12350 */ 12351 ABOUT = "gtk-about", 12352 /** 12353 * The “Add” item and icon. 12354 * 12355 * Deprecated: Use named icon "list-add" or the label "_Add". 12356 */ 12357 ADD = "gtk-add", 12358 /** 12359 * The “Apply” item and icon. 12360 * 12361 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_Apply". 12362 */ 12363 APPLY = "gtk-apply", 12364 /** 12365 * The “Bold” item and icon. 12366 * 12367 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-bold". 12368 */ 12369 BOLD = "gtk-bold", 12370 /** 12371 * The “Cancel” item and icon. 12372 * 12373 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_Cancel". 12374 */ 12375 CANCEL = "gtk-cancel", 12376 /** 12377 * The “Caps Lock Warning” icon. 12378 * 12379 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-warning-symbolic". 12380 */ 12381 CAPS_LOCK_WARNING = "gtk-caps-lock-warning", 12382 /** 12383 * The “CD-Rom” item and icon. 12384 * 12385 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-optical". 12386 */ 12387 CDROM = "gtk-cdrom", 12388 /** 12389 * The “Clear” item and icon. 12390 * 12391 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-clear". 12392 */ 12393 CLEAR = "gtk-clear", 12394 /** 12395 * The “Close” item and icon. 12396 * 12397 * Deprecated: Use named icon "window-close" or the label "_Close". 12398 */ 12399 CLOSE = "gtk-close", 12400 /** 12401 * The “Color Picker” item and icon. 12402 */ 12403 COLOR_PICKER = "gtk-color-picker", 12404 /** 12405 * The “Connect” icon. 12406 */ 12407 CONNECT = "gtk-connect", 12408 /** 12409 * The “Convert” item and icon. 12410 */ 12411 CONVERT = "gtk-convert", 12412 /** 12413 * The “Copy” item and icon. 12414 * 12415 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-copy" or the label "_Copy". 12416 */ 12417 COPY = "gtk-copy", 12418 /** 12419 * The “Cut” item and icon. 12420 * 12421 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-cut" or the label "Cu_t". 12422 */ 12423 CUT = "gtk-cut", 12424 /** 12425 * The “Delete” item and icon. 12426 * 12427 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-delete" or the label "_Delete". 12428 */ 12429 DELETE = "gtk-delete", 12430 /** 12431 * The “Authentication” item and icon. 12432 * 12433 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-password". 12434 */ 12435 DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION = "gtk-dialog-authentication", 12436 /** 12437 * The “Error” item and icon. 12438 * 12439 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-error". 12440 */ 12441 DIALOG_ERROR = "gtk-dialog-error", 12442 /** 12443 * The “Information” item and icon. 12444 * 12445 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-information". 12446 */ 12447 DIALOG_INFO = "gtk-dialog-info", 12448 /** 12449 * The “Question” item and icon. 12450 * 12451 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-question". 12452 */ 12453 DIALOG_QUESTION = "gtk-dialog-question", 12454 /** 12455 * The “Warning” item and icon. 12456 * 12457 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-warning". 12458 */ 12459 DIALOG_WARNING = "gtk-dialog-warning", 12460 /** 12461 * The “Directory” icon. 12462 * 12463 * Deprecated: Use named icon "folder". 12464 */ 12465 DIRECTORY = "gtk-directory", 12466 /** 12467 * The “Discard” item. 12468 */ 12469 DISCARD = "gtk-discard", 12470 /** 12471 * The “Disconnect” icon. 12472 */ 12473 DISCONNECT = "gtk-disconnect", 12474 /** 12475 * The “Drag-And-Drop” icon. 12476 */ 12477 DND = "gtk-dnd", 12478 /** 12479 * The “Drag-And-Drop multiple” icon. 12480 */ 12481 DND_MULTIPLE = "gtk-dnd-multiple", 12482 /** 12483 * The “Edit” item and icon. 12484 */ 12485 EDIT = "gtk-edit", 12486 /** 12487 * The “Execute” item and icon. 12488 * 12489 * Deprecated: Use named icon "system-run". 12490 */ 12491 EXECUTE = "gtk-execute", 12492 /** 12493 * The “File” item and icon. 12494 * 12495 * Since 3.0, this item has a label, before it only had an icon. 12496 * 12497 * Deprecated: Use named icon "text-x-generic". 12498 */ 12499 FILE = "gtk-file", 12500 /** 12501 * The “Find” item and icon. 12502 * 12503 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-find". 12504 */ 12505 FIND = "gtk-find", 12506 /** 12507 * The “Find and Replace” item and icon. 12508 * 12509 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-find-replace". 12510 */ 12511 FIND_AND_REPLACE = "gtk-find-and-replace", 12512 /** 12513 * The “Floppy” item and icon. 12514 */ 12515 FLOPPY = "gtk-floppy", 12516 /** 12517 * The “Fullscreen” item and icon. 12518 * 12519 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-fullscreen". 12520 */ 12521 FULLSCREEN = "gtk-fullscreen", 12522 /** 12523 * The “Bottom” item and icon. 12524 * 12525 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-bottom". 12526 */ 12527 GOTO_BOTTOM = "gtk-goto-bottom", 12528 /** 12529 * The “First” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12530 * 12531 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-first". 12532 */ 12533 GOTO_FIRST = "gtk-goto-first", 12534 /** 12535 * The “Last” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12536 * 12537 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-last". 12538 */ 12539 GOTO_LAST = "gtk-goto-last", 12540 /** 12541 * The “Top” item and icon. 12542 * 12543 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-top". 12544 */ 12545 GOTO_TOP = "gtk-goto-top", 12546 /** 12547 * The “Back” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12548 * 12549 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-previous". 12550 */ 12551 GO_BACK = "gtk-go-back", 12552 /** 12553 * The “Down” item and icon. 12554 * 12555 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-down". 12556 */ 12557 GO_DOWN = "gtk-go-down", 12558 /** 12559 * The “Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12560 * 12561 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-next". 12562 */ 12563 GO_FORWARD = "gtk-go-forward", 12564 /** 12565 * The “Up” item and icon. 12566 * 12567 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-up". 12568 */ 12569 GO_UP = "gtk-go-up", 12570 /** 12571 * The “Harddisk” item and icon. 12572 * 12573 * Deprecated: Use named icon "drive-harddisk". 12574 */ 12575 HARDDISK = "gtk-harddisk", 12576 /** 12577 * The “Help” item and icon. 12578 * 12579 * Deprecated: Use named icon "help-browser". 12580 */ 12581 HELP = "gtk-help", 12582 /** 12583 * The “Home” item and icon. 12584 * 12585 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-home". 12586 */ 12587 HOME = "gtk-home", 12588 /** 12589 * The “Indent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12590 * 12591 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-indent-more". 12592 */ 12593 INDENT = "gtk-indent", 12594 /** 12595 * The “Index” item and icon. 12596 */ 12597 INDEX = "gtk-index", 12598 /** 12599 * The “Info” item and icon. 12600 * 12601 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-information". 12602 */ 12603 INFO = "gtk-info", 12604 /** 12605 * The “Italic” item and icon. 12606 * 12607 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-italic". 12608 */ 12609 ITALIC = "gtk-italic", 12610 /** 12611 * The “Jump to” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12612 * 12613 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-jump". 12614 */ 12615 JUMP_TO = "gtk-jump-to", 12616 /** 12617 * The “Center” item and icon. 12618 * 12619 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-center". 12620 */ 12621 JUSTIFY_CENTER = "gtk-justify-center", 12622 /** 12623 * The “Fill” item and icon. 12624 * 12625 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-fill". 12626 */ 12627 JUSTIFY_FILL = "gtk-justify-fill", 12628 /** 12629 * The “Left” item and icon. 12630 * 12631 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-left". 12632 */ 12633 JUSTIFY_LEFT = "gtk-justify-left", 12634 /** 12635 * The “Right” item and icon. 12636 * 12637 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-right". 12638 */ 12639 JUSTIFY_RIGHT = "gtk-justify-right", 12640 /** 12641 * The “Leave Fullscreen” item and icon. 12642 * 12643 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-restore". 12644 */ 12645 LEAVE_FULLSCREEN = "gtk-leave-fullscreen", 12646 /** 12647 * The “Media Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12648 * 12649 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-seek-forward" or the label "_Forward". 12650 */ 12651 MEDIA_FORWARD = "gtk-media-forward", 12652 /** 12653 * The “Media Next” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12654 * 12655 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-skip-forward" or the label "_Next". 12656 */ 12657 MEDIA_NEXT = "gtk-media-next", 12658 /** 12659 * The “Media Pause” item and icon. 12660 * 12661 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-pause" or the label "P_ause". 12662 */ 12663 MEDIA_PAUSE = "gtk-media-pause", 12664 /** 12665 * The “Media Play” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12666 * 12667 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-start" or the label "_Play". 12668 */ 12669 MEDIA_PLAY = "gtk-media-play", 12670 /** 12671 * The “Media Previous” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12672 * 12673 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-skip-backward" or the label "Pre_vious". 12674 */ 12675 MEDIA_PREVIOUS = "gtk-media-previous", 12676 /** 12677 * The “Media Record” item and icon. 12678 * 12679 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-record" or the label "_Record". 12680 */ 12681 MEDIA_RECORD = "gtk-media-record", 12682 /** 12683 * The “Media Rewind” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12684 * 12685 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-seek-backward" or the label "R_ewind". 12686 */ 12687 MEDIA_REWIND = "gtk-media-rewind", 12688 /** 12689 * The “Media Stop” item and icon. 12690 * 12691 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-stop" or the label "_Stop". 12692 */ 12693 MEDIA_STOP = "gtk-media-stop", 12694 /** 12695 * The “Missing image” icon. 12696 * 12697 * Deprecated: Use named icon "image-missing". 12698 */ 12699 MISSING_IMAGE = "gtk-missing-image", 12700 /** 12701 * The “Network” item and icon. 12702 * 12703 * Deprecated: Use named icon "network-workgroup". 12704 */ 12705 NETWORK = "gtk-network", 12706 /** 12707 * The “New” item and icon. 12708 * 12709 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-new" or the label "_New". 12710 */ 12711 NEW = "gtk-new", 12712 /** 12713 * The “No” item and icon. 12714 */ 12715 NO = "gtk-no", 12716 /** 12717 * The “OK” item and icon. 12718 * 12719 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_OK". 12720 */ 12721 OK = "gtk-ok", 12722 /** 12723 * The “Open” item and icon. 12724 * 12725 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-open" or the label "_Open". 12726 */ 12727 OPEN = "gtk-open", 12728 /** 12729 * The “Landscape Orientation” item and icon. 12730 */ 12731 ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE = "gtk-orientation-landscape", 12732 /** 12733 * The “Portrait Orientation” item and icon. 12734 */ 12735 ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT = "gtk-orientation-portrait", 12736 /** 12737 * The “Reverse Landscape Orientation” item and icon. 12738 */ 12739 ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE = "gtk-orientation-reverse-landscape", 12740 /** 12741 * The “Reverse Portrait Orientation” item and icon. 12742 */ 12743 ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT = "gtk-orientation-reverse-portrait", 12744 /** 12745 * The “Page Setup” item and icon. 12746 * 12747 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-page-setup" or the label "Page Set_up". 12748 */ 12749 PAGE_SETUP = "gtk-page-setup", 12750 /** 12751 * The “Paste” item and icon. 12752 * 12753 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-paste" or the label "_Paste". 12754 */ 12755 PASTE = "gtk-paste", 12756 /** 12757 * The “Preferences” item and icon. 12758 * 12759 * Deprecated: Use named icon "preferences-system" or the label "_Preferences". 12760 */ 12761 PREFERENCES = "gtk-preferences", 12762 /** 12763 * The “Print” item and icon. 12764 * 12765 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-print" or the label "_Print". 12766 */ 12767 PRINT = "gtk-print", 12768 /** 12769 * The “Print Error” icon. 12770 * 12771 * Deprecated: Use named icon "printer-error". 12772 */ 12773 PRINT_ERROR = "gtk-print-error", 12774 /** 12775 * The “Print Paused” icon. 12776 */ 12777 PRINT_PAUSED = "gtk-print-paused", 12778 /** 12779 * The “Print Preview” item and icon. 12780 * 12781 * Deprecated: Use label "Pre_view". 12782 */ 12783 PRINT_PREVIEW = "gtk-print-preview", 12784 /** 12785 * The “Print Report” icon. 12786 */ 12787 PRINT_REPORT = "gtk-print-report", 12788 /** 12789 * The “Print Warning” icon. 12790 */ 12791 PRINT_WARNING = "gtk-print-warning", 12792 /** 12793 * The “Properties” item and icon. 12794 * 12795 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-properties" or the label "_Properties". 12796 */ 12797 PROPERTIES = "gtk-properties", 12798 /** 12799 * The “Quit” item and icon. 12800 * 12801 * Deprecated: Use named icon "application-exit" or the label "_Quit". 12802 */ 12803 QUIT = "gtk-quit", 12804 /** 12805 * The “Redo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12806 * 12807 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-redo" or the label "_Redo". 12808 */ 12809 REDO = "gtk-redo", 12810 /** 12811 * The “Refresh” item and icon. 12812 * 12813 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-refresh" or the label "_Refresh". 12814 */ 12815 REFRESH = "gtk-refresh", 12816 /** 12817 * The “Remove” item and icon. 12818 * 12819 * Deprecated: Use named icon "list-remove" or the label "_Remove". 12820 */ 12821 REMOVE = "gtk-remove", 12822 /** 12823 * The “Revert” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12824 * 12825 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-revert" or the label "_Revert". 12826 */ 12827 REVERT_TO_SAVED = "gtk-revert-to-saved", 12828 /** 12829 * The “Save” item and icon. 12830 * 12831 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-save" or the label "_Save". 12832 */ 12833 SAVE = "gtk-save", 12834 /** 12835 * The “Save As” item and icon. 12836 * 12837 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-save-as" or the label "Save _As". 12838 */ 12839 SAVE_AS = "gtk-save-as", 12840 /** 12841 * The “Select All” item and icon. 12842 * 12843 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-select-all" or the label "Select _All". 12844 */ 12845 SELECT_ALL = "gtk-select-all", 12846 /** 12847 * The “Color” item and icon. 12848 */ 12849 SELECT_COLOR = "gtk-select-color", 12850 /** 12851 * The “Font” item and icon. 12852 */ 12853 SELECT_FONT = "gtk-select-font", 12854 /** 12855 * The “Ascending” item and icon. 12856 * 12857 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-sort-ascending". 12858 */ 12859 SORT_ASCENDING = "gtk-sort-ascending", 12860 /** 12861 * The “Descending” item and icon. 12862 * 12863 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-sort-descending". 12864 */ 12865 SORT_DESCENDING = "gtk-sort-descending", 12866 /** 12867 * The “Spell Check” item and icon. 12868 * 12869 * Deprecated: Use named icon "tools-check-spelling". 12870 */ 12871 SPELL_CHECK = "gtk-spell-check", 12872 /** 12873 * The “Stop” item and icon. 12874 * 12875 * Deprecated: Use named icon "process-stop" or the label "_Stop". 12876 */ 12877 STOP = "gtk-stop", 12878 /** 12879 * The “Strikethrough” item and icon. 12880 * 12881 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-strikethrough" or the label "_Strikethrough". 12882 */ 12883 STRIKETHROUGH = "gtk-strikethrough", 12884 /** 12885 * The “Undelete” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12886 */ 12887 UNDELETE = "gtk-undelete", 12888 /** 12889 * The “Underline” item and icon. 12890 * 12891 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-underline" or the label "_Underline". 12892 */ 12893 UNDERLINE = "gtk-underline", 12894 /** 12895 * The “Undo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12896 * 12897 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-undo" or the label "_Undo". 12898 */ 12899 UNDO = "gtk-undo", 12900 /** 12901 * The “Unindent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 12902 * 12903 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-indent-less". 12904 */ 12905 UNINDENT = "gtk-unindent", 12906 /** 12907 * The “Yes” item and icon. 12908 */ 12909 YES = "gtk-yes", 12910 /** 12911 * The “Zoom 100%” item and icon. 12912 * 12913 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-original" or the label "_Normal Size". 12914 */ 12915 ZOOM_100 = "gtk-zoom-100", 12916 /** 12917 * The “Zoom to Fit” item and icon. 12918 * 12919 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-fit-best" or the label "Best _Fit". 12920 */ 12921 ZOOM_FIT = "gtk-zoom-fit", 12922 /** 12923 * The “Zoom In” item and icon. 12924 * 12925 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-in" or the label "Zoom _In". 12926 */ 12927 ZOOM_IN = "gtk-zoom-in", 12928 /** 12929 * The “Zoom Out” item and icon. 12930 * 12931 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-out" or the label "Zoom _Out". 12932 */ 12933 ZOOM_OUT = "gtk-zoom-out", 12934 }